Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2013

Registration No. 333-187865

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   56-2257867

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

(919) 228-4700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

M. Scot Wingo

Chief Executive Officer

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

(919) 228-4700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Brent B. Siler, Esq.

Ryan E. Naftulin, Esq.

Brian F. Leaf, Esq.

Cooley LLP

11951 Freedom Drive

Reston, VA 20190-5656

Telephone: (703) 456-8000

Fax: (703) 456-8100

 

S. Scott Alridge, Esq.

General Counsel and Secretary

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

Telephone: (919) 228-4700

Fax: (866) 225-3085

 

Mark G. Borden, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

Telephone: (617) 526-6000

Fax: (617) 526-5000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨    Accelerated Filer   ¨    Non-accelerated Filer   x    Smaller Reporting Company   ¨

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated April 26, 2013

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of ChannelAdvisor Corporation. All of the                 shares of common stock are being sold by us.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ECOM.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to ChannelAdvisor

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2013.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    Stifel        

Pacific Crest Securities

 

BMO Capital Markets   Needham & Company      Raymond James   

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     28   

Industry and Market Data

     29   

Use of Proceeds

     30   

Dividend Policy

     30   

Capitalization

     31   

Dilution

     33   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     35   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     38   

Business

     68   

Management

     85   

Executive Compensation

     93   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     101   

Principal Stockholders

     104   

Description of Capital Stock

     107   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     113   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     116   

Underwriting

     120   

Legal Matters

     124   

Experts

     124   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     124   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

For investors outside the United States: We have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “ChannelAdvisor,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to ChannelAdvisor Corporation and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries.

Company Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions that enable our retailer and manufacturer customers to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales across hundreds of online channels. Through our platform, we enable our customers to connect with new and existing sources of demand for their products, including e-commerce marketplaces, such as eBay, Amazon and Newegg, search engines and comparison shopping websites, such as Google, Microsoft’s Bing, and Nextag, and emerging channels, such as Facebook and Groupon. Our suite of solutions, accessed through a standard web browser, provides our customers with a single, integrated user interface to manage their product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions across these channels. Our proprietary cloud-based technology platform delivers significant breadth, scalability and flexibility to our customers. In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in gross merchandise value, or GMV, through our platform. As of March 31, 2013, our customers managed over 100 million stock-keeping units, or SKUs, of their inventory on our platform.

We serve customers across a wide range of industries and geographies. As of March 31, 2013, we had nearly 2,000 customers worldwide, including 27% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, as ranked by Internet Retailer magazine based on 2011 sales, up from 16% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, based on 2007 sales, as of December 31, 2007. Our customers include both traditional and online retailers, such as Ann Taylor, eBags.com, J&R Electronics and Jos. A. Bank Clothiers, as well as manufacturers of consumer goods, such as Dell, Dooney and Bourke, Lenovo, Sony and Under Armour. We derive revenue primarily from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to our cloud-based solutions. We generally structure our contracts to include both a fixed subscription fee and a variable subscription fee that allows us to participate in a share of our customers’ GMV processed through our platform. We believe this contract structure aligns our interests with those of our customers.

The e-commerce market has grown significantly over the last several years, as consumers have increasingly shifted their retail purchases from traditional brick and mortar stores to online stores and marketplaces. This trend has created many opportunities for retailers and manufacturers, but at the same time has resulted in additional complexity and challenges. Retailers and manufacturers seeking new avenues to expand their online sales must manage product data and transactions across hundreds of highly fragmented online channels where data attributes vary, requirements change frequently and the pace of innovation is rapid and increasing.

In response to these challenges, we offer retailers and manufacturers SaaS solutions that enable them to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales across disparate online channels on a unified platform. As channels frequently update their product information requirements, policies, merchandising strategies and integration specifications, retailers and manufacturers must revise their

 

 

1


Table of Contents

online business strategies, product listings and attributes, and business rules, which can be resource-intensive and time-consuming. Through our SaaS platform, which is delivered using a single code base and multi-tenant architecture, our customers have real-time access to our most up-to-date capabilities for listing and managing their products on new and existing online channels.

From 2010 to 2012, our total revenue increased from $36.7 million to $53.6 million, a compound annual growth rate of 20.9%. Our core revenue increased from $32.7 million in 2010 to $51.2 million in 2012, a compound annual growth rate of 25.1%. Our core revenue excludes revenue attributable to the products from two small acquisitions that we completed prior to 2008 and that are no longer part of our strategic focus, as discussed further in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics.” For the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012, we grew our total revenue from $12.2 million to $14.9 million, an increase of 22.1%, and our core revenue from $11.5 million to $14.4 million, an increase of 25.2%. Our gross margin, based on total revenue, expanded from 66.8% in 2010 to 72.5% in 2012, and from 73.3% in the first quarter of 2012 to 73.5% in the first quarter of 2013.

Industry Background

According to Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, an industry research firm, e-commerce consumer spending in the United States, Europe, Asia-Pacific and Latin America is expected to increase from $534 billion in 2011 to $1.1 trillion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 15%.

E-commerce is an increasingly complex and fragmented market due to the hundreds of channels available to retailers and manufacturers and the rapid pace of change and innovation across those channels. Several significant trends have contributed to this increasing complexity and fragmentation, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the emergence and growth of online third-party marketplaces;

 

  Ÿ  

mainstream adoption of mobile devices for e-commerce;

 

  Ÿ  

the increased use of search engines and comparison shopping websites;

 

  Ÿ  

global growth in e-commerce driving opportunities for international sales; and

 

  Ÿ  

the increasing use of social networks and other specialty websites as e-commerce channels.

The increasing complexity and fragmentation of e-commerce channels is placing greater demands on retailers and manufacturers that want to grow their online sales. They need solutions that will enable them to easily integrate their product offerings and inventory across multiple online channels. Traditionally, retailers and manufacturers built in-house solutions, purchased channel-specific solutions, known as point solutions, or used the channels’ individual capabilities. However, in-house solutions can be costly and difficult to adapt to industry change and innovation, and point solutions, as well as channels’ individual solutions, can be narrowly tailored and can limit retailers and manufacturers to managing single online channels or a single category of channels.

SaaS platforms generally offer customers several distinct advantages over these types of traditional models, including lower upfront and ongoing costs, faster speed of implementation and less reliance on internal IT staff. Gartner Inc., or Gartner, an industry research firm, estimates that the total worldwide cloud SaaS market will grow from $13.4 billion in 2011 to $32.2 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 19%, and that sales of e-commerce enablement services will grow from $4.8 billion in 2011 to $9.0 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 13%.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Solutions

Our suite of SaaS solutions allows our customers to more easily integrate, manage and optimize their online sales across hundreds of available channels through a single, integrated platform. Our suite of solutions includes a number of individual offerings, or modules. Each module integrates with a particular type of channel, such as third-party marketplaces, paid search or comparison shopping websites, or supports specific online functionality, such as creating webstores or employing rich media solutions on their websites. We believe our suite of solutions offers the following key benefits for our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

Single, fully integrated solution .     We provide our customers with a single web-based interface as the central location for them to control, analyze and manage their online sales across hundreds of available channels and multiple geographies. This unified view enables our customers to more easily and cost-effectively manage product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions.

 

  Ÿ  

Reduced integration costs, time to market and dependence on in-house resources .    Customers can more easily and quickly introduce their products, both to channels on which they already have a presence and to new channels, without incurring the costs related to installing and maintaining their own hardware and software infrastructure.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalable technology platform .    In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in GMV through our platform, and as of March 31, 2013, our customers managed over 100 million SKUs of their inventory on our platform. We believe that the scalability of our platform allows our customers to quickly and efficiently increase the number of product listings and transactions processed through our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

Flexibility to adapt and instantaneous access to our most up-to-date capabilities .      When we develop and deploy new features, functions and capabilities, or make changes to keep up with the changing priorities and requirements of each channel, our customers simultaneously benefit from those new capabilities and changes.

 

  Ÿ  

Robust data and reporting analytics .     We provide our customers with actionable insights across the latest channel and consumer trends and general product performance, which enables them to evaluate and, if necessary, improve the efficiency of their business rules on existing or new channels.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

 

  Ÿ  

Industry leadership .    We believe that we are regarded as a trusted expert on the e-commerce industry. We have thousands of customers and we also maintain close working relationships with the major channels, including Amazon, eBay and Google. These relationships often provide us early visibility into upcoming changes that are important to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel independence .    Unlike the integration and listings management solutions offered by individual channels or third-party solutions that support only one channel or category of channel, our solutions do not favor any one channel over others. This channel independence enables our customers to optimize their online sales regardless of the specific channels they choose.

 

  Ÿ  

Network effects .    We believe the breadth of channels that we support attracts customers to our solutions. As our customer base has grown, we have experienced increased demand from

 

 

3


Table of Contents
 

channels seeking to be integrated with our platform. We believe the demands of our customers for access to new online channels, and the demands of online channels for access to new retailers and manufacturers, reinforce each other and enhance the value of our solutions.

 

  Ÿ  

Economies of scale .    With nearly 2,000 customers subscribing to our solutions that generate core revenue, which we refer to as core customers, we believe that we have achieved economies of scale across our customer base that enable us to provide services more cost-effectively than retailers and manufacturers who develop and manage their own in-house systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Established global presence .    As of March 31, 2013, we had over 500 core customers outside of the United States. Core customers outside the United States accounted for over 20% of our core revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013. With international offices in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Germany, Australia and Hong Kong, we believe that our international presence enhances our ability to connect customers with demand for their products from a global audience.

Our Growth Strategy

We seek to strengthen our position as a leading provider of solutions that connect retailers and manufacturers with established and emerging online sources of demand for their products. The key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Expanding our sales force to acquire new customers .     We intend to increase our sales force in order to reach and acquire new customers in existing and new geographies. By increasing investment in our sales and marketing capabilities, we believe that we will be able to further expand our brand among new potential customers, grow our revenue and achieve greater economies of scale.

 

  Ÿ  

Broadening and deepening existing customer relationships .     We intend to expand our sales, marketing and services efforts to help our customers increase their overall GMV processed through our platform by taking full advantage of the functionality of our suite of solutions. As our customer service team works with our customers to optimize usage of their existing modules, our customers’ online businesses often improve, and customers look to expand into additional modules within our suite of solutions.

 

  Ÿ  

Increasing our global market presence .     We intend to continue our international expansion to attract new international customers and help our existing multinational customers grow their online sales. We plan to expand our existing presence in Europe and the Asia-Pacific region and to establish new operations in Latin America.

 

  Ÿ  

Expanding the number of channels supported by our platform .     We intend to continue to integrate our solutions with additional channels both within the United States and abroad, such as MercadoLibre in Latin America and Alibaba in Asia. We believe that by selectively adding more channels, we will grow both our customer base and the potential GMV that customers are able to process through our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

Maintaining innovation leadership .     We intend to continue to develop and introduce new features and improved functionality to our platform. Key initiatives include developing increased workflow automation, enhanced data analytics and expanded foreign language support.

 

  Ÿ  

Opportunistically pursuing strategic acquisitions .     We may pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that are consistent with our overall growth strategy. We believe that a selective acquisition strategy could enable us to enhance our product capabilities, gain new customers and accelerate our expansion into new markets.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

  Ÿ  

We have incurred significant net losses since inception, and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future, which may make it more difficult for us to achieve profitability.

 

  Ÿ  

A significant portion of our revenue is attributable to sales by our customers on the Amazon and eBay marketplaces and through advertisements on Google. Our inability to continue to integrate our solutions with these channels would make our solutions less appealing to existing and potential new customers and could significantly reduce our revenue.

 

  Ÿ  

We may not be able to respond to rapid changes in channel technologies or requirements, which could cause us to lose customers and revenue and make it more difficult to achieve profitability.

 

  Ÿ  

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, which could include the channels themselves.

 

  Ÿ  

We currently rely on two non-redundant data centers to deliver our SaaS solutions. Any disruption of service at these facilities could harm our business.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely in part on a pricing model under which a portion of the subscription fees we receive from customers is variable, based upon the amount of GMV that those customers process through our platform, and any change in the attractiveness of that model or any decline in our customers’ sales could adversely affect our financial results.

 

  Ÿ  

If the e-commerce market does not grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, particularly on the channels that our solutions support, demand for our solutions could be adversely affected.

 

  Ÿ  

Our increasing international operations subject us to increased challenges and risks.

 

  Ÿ  

We may need additional capital in the future to meet our financial obligations and to pursue our business objectives. This capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

Ownership of our Capital Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately             shares of our common stock, or approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in June 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, North Carolina. Our telephone number is (919) 228-4700. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

“ChannelAdvisor,” the ChannelAdvisor logo, and other trademarks or service marks of ChannelAdvisor Corporation appearing in this prospectus are the property of ChannelAdvisor Corporation. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by ChannelAdvisor

  

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

             shares

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

  

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of              additional shares from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Use of proceeds

   We expect the net proceeds to us from this offering, after expenses, will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets and obtain additional capital. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including expansion of our sales and marketing capabilities and international operations. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for opportunistic acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, although we do not have plans for any acquisitions.
   See “Use of Proceeds” on page 30 for additional information.

Risk factors

   See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NYSE symbol

   ECOM

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 1,333,516 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

2,633,717 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2001 stock plan as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.96 per share;

 

 

6


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

1,854,375 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $12.37 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans following this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated herein, all information in this prospectus, including the number of shares that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

 

  Ÿ  

A 1-for-16 reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the net exercise of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering to acquire             shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including the shares issuable upon the net exercise of warrants, into an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

In the tables below, we provide you with summary consolidated financial data of ChannelAdvisor Corporation for the periods indicated. We have derived the following summary of our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the following summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2013.

You should read this summary consolidated financial data together with the historical financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2010     2011     2012     2012      2013   
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

         

Revenue

  $ 36,688      $ 43,570      $ 53,587      $ 12,166      $ 14,922   

Cost of revenue

    12,164        12,248        14,749        3,246        3,947   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    24,524        31,322        38,838        8,920        10,975   

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    14,867        19,106        24,326        5,390        7,790   

Research and development

    8,416        8,842        10,109        2,551        2,981   

General and administrative

    6,111        6,551        8,252        1,788        2,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    29,394        34,499        42,687        9,729        13,112   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (4,870     (3,177     (3,849     (809     (2,137

Total other income (expense)

    258        (636     (1,154     (18     (586
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (4,612     (3,813     (5,003     (827     (2,723

Income tax expense (benefit)

    112        51        (70     24        7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933   $ (851   $ (2,730
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (4.77     (3.45   $ (4.23   $ (0.74   $ (2.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted(1)

      $          $     
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    989,780        1,120,902        1,164,942        1,144,999        1,299,491   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

         
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense included above:

         

Cost of revenue

  $ 21      $ 15      $ 64      $ 4      $ 47   

Sales and marketing

    59        16        224        4        135   

Research and development

    38        58        105        13        70   

General and administrative

    216        111        245        27        177   

Other financial data:

         

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ (422   $ (910   $ (277   $ (174   $ (897

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

(1) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share have been calculated assuming (i) the net exercise as of the beginning of the applicable period of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of                      shares of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later, and (iii) the reclassification of the remaining outstanding preferred stock warrants from long-term liabilities to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the applicable period. The numerator of pro forma net loss per share is derived by adding $                     million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $                     million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 related to changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability.
(2) We define adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, as net loss plus: income tax expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and stock-based compensation. Please see “—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents our summary balance sheet data:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis as of March 31, 2013;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of                      shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the net exercise of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of the then outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including the shares issuable upon the net exercise of warrants, into an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

the reclassification of the remaining preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital upon conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants into common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash, total assets and total stockholders’ equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

 

     As of March 31, 2013
     Actual     Pro forma    Pro forma
as adjusted
     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash

   $ 10,958        

Accounts receivable, net

     9,161        

Restricted cash

     686        

Total assets

     48,719        

Long-term debt, including current portion

     11,090        

Series A and Series C warrants liability

     3,352        

Total liabilities

     36,611        

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     90,495        

Additional paid-in capital

     4,166        

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (78,387     

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We have provided below a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of some expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results.

Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

  Ÿ  

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA together with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933   $ (851   $ (2,730

Adjustments:

          

Interest expense

     486        642        1,185        22        597   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     112        51        (70     24        7   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     3,370        2,061        2,903        583        800   

Stock-based compensation expense

     334        200        638        48        429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net adjustments

     4,302        2,954        4,656        677        1,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (422   $ (910   $ (277   $ (174   $ (897
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as general economic and business risks, and all of the other information contained in this prospectus. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. When determining whether to invest, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have incurred significant net losses since inception, and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future, which may make it more difficult for us to achieve profitability.

We incurred net losses of $3.9 million, $4.9 million and $2.7 million in 2011, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively, and we had an accumulated deficit of $82.2 million as of March 31, 2013. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we invest in increased sales and marketing and research and development efforts. As a result, we can provide no assurance as to whether or when we will achieve profitability. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. To achieve profitability, we will need to either increase our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses or significantly reduce our expense levels. Our recent revenue growth may not be sustainable, and if we are forced to reduce our expenses, our growth strategy could be compromised. If we are not able to achieve and maintain profitability, the value of our company and our common stock could decline significantly.

A significant portion of our revenue is attributable to sales by our customers on the Amazon and eBay marketplaces and through advertisements on Google. Our inability to continue to integrate our solutions with these channels would make our solutions less appealing to existing and potential new customers and could significantly reduce our revenue.

A substantial majority of the gross merchandise value, or GMV, that our customers process through our platform is derived from merchandise sold on the Amazon and eBay marketplaces or advertised on Google, and a similar portion of our variable subscription fees is attributable to sales by our customers through these channels. These channels, and the other channels with which our solutions are integrated, have no obligation to do business with us or to allow us access to their systems, and they may decide at any time and for any reason to significantly curtail or inhibit our ability to integrate our solutions with their channels. Additionally, Amazon, eBay or Google may decide to make significant changes to their respective business models, policies, systems or plans, and those changes could impair or inhibit our customers’ ability to use our solutions to sell their products on those channels, or may adversely affect the volume of GMV that our customers can sell on those channels or reduce the desirability of selling on those channels. Further, Amazon, eBay or Google could decide to compete with us more vigorously. Any of these results could cause our customers to reevaluate the value of our products and services and potentially terminate their relationships with us and significantly reduce our revenue.

We may not be able to respond to rapid changes in channel technologies or requirements, which could cause us to lose revenue and make it more difficult to achieve profitability.

The e-commerce market is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent changes in rules, specifications and other requirements for retailers and manufacturers to be able to sell their

 

11


Table of Contents

merchandise on particular channels. Our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing solutions and introduce new solutions that can adapt quickly to these technological changes on the part of channels. To achieve market acceptance for our solutions, we must effectively anticipate and offer solutions that meet frequently changing channel requirements in a timely manner. If our solutions fail to do so, our ability to renew our contracts with existing customers and our ability to create or increase demand for our solutions will be impaired.

If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We sell our solutions pursuant to contractual arrangements that generally have one-year terms. Therefore, our revenue growth depends to a significant degree upon subscription renewals. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the subscription term expires, and these subscriptions may not be renewed or, if renewed, may not be renewed on the same or more favorable terms for us. We may not be able to accurately predict future trends in customer renewals, and our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate because of several factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solutions, the cost of our solutions, the cost of solutions offered by our competitors and reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions, renew on less favorable terms or for fewer modules, or do not purchase additional modules, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline, and our ability to become profitable may be compromised.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we do not compete successfully, we could experience lower sales volumes and pricing pressure, which could cause us to lose revenues, impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy and compromise our ability to achieve profitability.

We face intense competition in the market for online channel management solutions and services, and we expect competition to intensify in the future. We have competitors, including some of the channels themselves, with longer operating histories, larger customer bases and greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. Increased competition may result in reduced pricing for our solutions, longer sales cycles or a decrease in our market share, any of which could negatively affect our revenue and future operating results and our ability to grow our business.

A number of competitive factors could cause us to lose potential sales or to sell our solutions at lower prices or at reduced margins, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Potential customers may choose to continue using or to develop applications in-house, rather than pay for our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

The channels themselves, which typically offer software tools, often for free, that allow retailers and manufacturers to connect to them, may decide to compete more vigorously with us;

 

  Ÿ  

Competitors may adopt more aggressive pricing policies and offer more attractive sales terms, adapt more quickly to new technologies and changes in customer requirements, and devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services than we can;

 

  Ÿ  

Current and potential competitors have established or may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to enhance their products and expand their markets, and consolidation in our industry is likely to intensify. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share;

 

  Ÿ  

Current and potential competitors may offer software that addresses one or more online channel management functions at a lower price point or with greater depth than our solutions and may be able to devote greater resources to those solutions than we can; and

 

12


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Software vendors could bundle channel management solutions with other solutions or offer such products at a lower price as part of a larger product sale.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, including any channels that decide to compete against us more vigorously. In addition, competition may intensify as our competitors raise additional capital and as established companies in other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. If we cannot compete successfully against our competitors, our business and our operating and financial results could be adversely affected.

If the e-commerce industry consolidates around a limited number of online channels, or if the complexities and challenges faced by retailers and manufacturers seeking to sell online otherwise diminish, demand for our solutions could decline.

Our solutions enable retailers and manufacturers to manage their merchandise sales through hundreds of disparate online channels. One of the key attractions of our solutions to retailers and manufacturers is the ability to help address the complexity and fragmentation of selling online. Although the number and variety of online channels available to retailers and manufacturers have been increasing, at the same time the share of online sales made through a small number of larger channels, particularly Amazon and eBay, has also been increasing. If the trend toward consolidation around a few large online channels accelerates, the difficulties faced by retailers and manufacturers could decline, which might make our solutions less important to retailers and manufacturers and could cause demand for our solutions to decline.

Software failures or human error could cause our solutions to oversell our customers’ inventory or misprice their offerings, which would hurt our reputation and reduce customer demand.

Our customers rely on our solutions to automate the allocation of their inventory simultaneously across multiple online channels, as well as to ensure that their sales comply with the policies of each channel and sometimes to dynamically determine product pricing at any given moment. Some customers subscribe to our solutions on a managed-service basis, in which case our personnel operate our solutions on behalf of the customer. In the event that our solutions do not function properly, or if there is human error on the part of our service staff, our customers might inadvertently sell more inventory than they actually have in stock, make sales that violate channel policies or underprice or overprice their offerings. Overselling their inventory could force our customers to cancel orders at rates that violate channel policies. Underpricing would result in lost revenue to our customers and overpricing could result in lost sales. In addition, our pricing policies with our customers are largely based upon our customers’ expectations of the levels of their GMV that will be processed through our platform over the term of their agreement with us, and errors in our software or human error could cause transactions to be incorrectly processed that would cause GMV to be in excess of our customers’ specified minimum amounts, in which case our variable subscription fee-based revenue could be overstated. Any of these results could reduce demand for our solutions and hurt our business reputation. Customers could also seek recourse against us in these cases and, while our contractual arrangements with customers typically provide that we are not liable for damages such as these, it is possible that these provisions would not be sufficient to protect us.

We rely on two non-redundant data centers to deliver our SaaS solutions. Any disruption of service at these facilities could harm our business.

We manage our platform and serve all of our customers from two third-party data center facilities that are non-redundant, meaning that neither facility serves as backup for the other. While we engineer and architect the actual computer and storage systems upon which our platform runs, we do not control the operation of the facilities at which they are deployed.

 

13


Table of Contents

The owners of our data facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to transfer to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.

Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our solutions could harm our reputation and damage our customers’ businesses. Interruptions in our services could reduce our revenue, require us to issue credits to customers, subject us to potential liability, cause our existing customers to not renew their agreements or adversely affect our ability to attract new customers.

Our data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures, cyber attacks and similar events. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, or vandalism or other misconduct, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our SaaS solutions or impair their functionality. Our business, growth prospects and operating results would also be harmed if our customers and potential customers are not confident that our solutions are reliable.

We rely in part on a pricing model under which a variable portion of the subscription fees we receive from customers is based upon the amount of GMV that those customers process through our platform, and any change in the attractiveness of that model or any decline in our customers’ sales could adversely affect our financial results.

We have adopted a pricing model under which a portion of the subscription fees we receive from our customers is variable, based on the amount of our customers’ GMV processed through our platform that exceeds a specified amount established by contract, which we refer to as variable subscription fees. Substantially all of our customer contracts include this variable subscription fee component. If sales by our customers processed through our platform were to decline, or if our customers were to demand fully fixed pricing terms that do not provide for any variability based on their GMV processed through our platform, our revenue and margins could decline.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our operating results have historically fluctuated due to changes in our business, and our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

seasonal patterns in consumer spending;

 

  Ÿ  

the addition of new customers or the loss of existing customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in demand for our software;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing and amount of sales and marketing expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the prospects of the economy generally, which could alter current or prospective customers’ spending priorities, or could increase the time it takes us to close sales;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;

 

14


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

costs necessary to improve and maintain our software platform; and

 

  Ÿ  

costs related to acquisitions of other businesses.

Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially.

The seasonality of our business creates significant variance in our quarterly revenue, which makes it difficult to compare our financial results on a sequential quarterly basis.

Our customers are retailers and manufacturers that typically realize a significant portion of their online sales in the fourth quarter of each year during the holiday season. As a result of this seasonal variation, our subscription revenue fluctuates, with the variable portion of our subscription fees being higher in the fourth quarter than in other quarters and with revenue generally declining in the first quarter sequentially from the fourth quarter. Our business is therefore not necessarily comparable on a sequential quarter-over-quarter basis and you should not rely solely on quarterly comparisons to analyze our growth.

Failure to adequately manage our growth could impair our ability to deliver high-quality solutions to our customers, hurt our reputation and compromise our ability to become profitable.

We have experienced, and may continue to experience, significant growth in our business. If we do not effectively manage our growth, the quality of service of our solutions may suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and demand for our solutions. Our growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, operational and financial resources and our infrastructure. Our future success will depend, in part, upon the ability of our senior management to manage growth effectively. This will require us to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

hire additional personnel, both domestically and internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

implement additional management information systems;

 

  Ÿ  

maintain close coordination among our engineering, operations, legal, finance, sales and marketing and client service and support organizations; and

 

  Ÿ  

further develop our operating, administrative, legal, financial and accounting systems and controls.

Moreover, if our sales continue to increase, we may be required to concurrently deploy our hosting infrastructure at multiple additional locations or provide increased levels of customer service. Failure to accomplish any of these requirements could impair our ability to continue to deliver our solutions in a timely fashion, fulfill existing customer commitments or attract and retain new customers.

If we do not retain our senior management team and key employees, or if we fail to attract additional sales talent, we may not be able to sustain our growth or achieve our business objectives.

Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management team, particularly Scot Wingo, our chief executive officer, Aris Buinevicius, our chief technology officer, David Spitz, our president and chief operating officer, and John Baule, our chief financial officer. Our future success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled technical, sales and administrative employees. Competition for these employees in our industry is intense. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain these management and other key personnel that are critical to our success, resulting in harm to our key client relationships, loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs. The loss of the services of our senior management or other key employees could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our strategy of pursuing opportunistic acquisitions or investments may be unsuccessful and may divert our management’s attention and consume significant resources.

A part of our growth strategy is to opportunistically pursue acquisitions of, or investments in, other complementary businesses or individual technologies. Any acquisition or investment may require us to use significant amounts of cash, issue potentially dilutive equity securities or incur debt. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, services and personnel of acquired businesses, especially if those businesses operate outside of our core competency of providing e-commerce software solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from acquired businesses into our organization;

 

  Ÿ  

ineffectiveness or incompatibility of acquired technologies or services;

 

  Ÿ  

failure to successfully further develop the acquired technology in order to recoup our investment;

 

  Ÿ  

potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

inability to maintain the key business relationships and the reputations of acquired businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation for activities of acquired businesses, including claims from terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties;

 

  Ÿ  

in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries;

 

  Ÿ  

costs necessary to establish and maintain effective internal controls for acquired businesses; and

 

  Ÿ  

increased fixed costs.

If the e-commerce market does not grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, particularly on the channels that our solutions support, demand for our online channel management solutions could be adversely affected.

For our existing customers and potential customers to be willing to subscribe to our solutions, the internet must continue to be accepted and widely used for selling merchandise. If consumer utilization of our primary e-commerce channels, such as Amazon, eBay and Google, does not grow or grows more slowly than we expect, demand for our solutions would be adversely affected, our revenue would be negatively impacted and our ability to pursue our growth strategy and become profitable would be compromised.

Evolving domestic and international data privacy regulations may restrict our ability, and that of our customers, to solicit, collect, process, disclose and use personal information or may increase the costs of doing so, which could harm our business.

Federal, state and foreign governments and supervising authorities have enacted, and may in the future enact, laws and regulations concerning the solicitation, collection, processing, disclosure or use of consumers’ personal information. Evolving regulations regarding personal data and personal information, in the European Union and elsewhere, especially relating to classification of IP addresses, machine identification, location data and other information, may limit or inhibit our ability to operate or

 

16


Table of Contents

expand our business. Such laws and regulations require or may require us or our customers to implement privacy and security policies, permit consumers to access, correct or delete personal information stored or maintained by us or our customers, inform individuals of security incidents that affect their personal information, and, in some cases, obtain consent to use personal information for specified purposes. Other proposed legislation could, if enacted, impose additional requirements and prohibit the use of specific technologies, such as those that track individuals’ activities on web pages or record when individuals click on a link contained in an email message. Such laws and regulations could restrict our customers’ ability to collect and use web browsing data and personal information, which may reduce our customers’ demand for our solutions.

Changing industry standards and industry self-regulation regarding the collection, use and disclosure of data may have similar effects. Existing and future privacy and data protection laws and increasing sensitivity of consumers to unauthorized disclosures and use of personal information may also negatively affect the public’s perception of our customers’ sales practices. If our solutions are perceived to cause, or are otherwise unfavorably associated with, invasions of privacy, whether or not illegal, we or our customers may be subject to public criticism. Public concerns regarding data collection, privacy and security may also cause some consumers to be less likely to visit our customers’ websites or otherwise interact with our customers, which could limit the demand for our solutions and inhibit the growth of our business.

Any failure on our part to comply with applicable privacy and data protection laws, regulations, policies and standards or any inability to adequately address privacy concerns associated with our solutions, even if unfounded, could subject us to liability, damage our reputation, impair our sales and harm our business. Furthermore, the costs to our customers of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws, regulations, policies and standards may limit adoption of and demand for our solutions.

Risks Related to the Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) Model

If we fail to manage and increase the capacity of our hosted infrastructure, our customers may be unable to process transactions through our platform, which could harm our reputation and demand for our solutions.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our hosted infrastructure to be sufficiently flexible and scalable to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new customer deployments and the expansion of existing customer deployments and to handle spikes in usage. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements, particularly in the fourth quarter when we typically experience significant increases in the volume of customer transactions processed through our platform, our customers could experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties or other liabilities, result in customer losses, harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to grow our revenue.

We derive most of our revenue from annual subscription agreements, as a result of which a significant downturn in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We derive most of our revenue from subscription agreements, which are typically one year in length. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from customer agreements entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not be reflected in our financial performance in that quarter but

 

17


Table of Contents

might negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant declines in sales and market acceptance of our solutions may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations.

Our business is substantially dependent upon the continued growth of the market for on-demand SaaS solutions. If this market does not continue to grow, demand for our solutions could decline, which in turn could cause our revenues to decline and impair our ability to become profitable.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our solutions, which are delivered under a SaaS model. As a result, widespread use and acceptance of this business model is critical to our future growth and success. Under the more traditional license model for software procurement, users of the software typically run the applications in-house on their own hardware. Because many companies are generally predisposed to maintaining control of their information technology systems and infrastructure, there may be resistance to the concept of accessing software functionality as a service provided by a third party. In addition, the market for SaaS solutions is still evolving, and existing and new market participants may introduce new types of solutions and different approaches to enable organizations to address their needs. If the market for SaaS solutions fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, demand for our solutions and our revenue, gross margin and other operating results could be negatively impacted.

Risks Related to Our International Operations

Our increasing international operations subject us to increased challenges and risks. If we do not successfully manage the risks associated with international operations, we could experience a variety of costs and liabilities and the attention of our management could be diverted.

Since launching our international operations in 2004, we have expanded, and expect to further expand, our operations internationally by opening offices in new countries and regions worldwide. However, our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally requires considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, taxation systems, alternative dispute systems, regulatory systems and commercial infrastructures. International expansion will require us to invest significant funds and other resources. Expanding internationally may subject us to new risks that we have not faced before or increase risks that we currently face, including risks associated with:

 

  Ÿ  

recruiting and retaining employees in foreign countries;

 

  Ÿ  

increased competition from local providers;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with applicable foreign laws and regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

longer sales or collection cycles in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

  Ÿ  

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned outside the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

economic and political instability in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

less protective intellectual property laws;

 

18


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

compliance with the laws of numerous foreign taxing jurisdictions in which we conduct business, potential double taxation of our international earnings and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in applicable U.S. and foreign tax laws;

 

  Ÿ  

increased costs to establish and maintain effective controls at foreign locations; and

 

  Ÿ  

overall higher costs of doing business internationally.

If our revenue from our international operations does not exceed the expense of establishing and maintaining these operations, our business and operating results will suffer.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our solutions are subject to export controls, including the Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations established by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and exports of our solutions must be made in compliance with these laws. If we fail to comply with these U.S. export control laws and import laws, including U.S. Customs regulations, we could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers, and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities.

Furthermore, the U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions laws prohibit the shipment or export of specified products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to prevent our solutions from being provided to U.S. sanctions targets, if our solutions and services were to be exported to those prohibited countries despite such precautions, we could be subject to government investigations, penalties, reputational harm or other negative consequences.

Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solutions, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solutions to existing or potential customers with international operations. Additionally, changes in our solutions may be required in response to changes in export and import regulations, which could lead to delays in the introduction and sale of our solutions in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to some countries, governments or persons altogether. Any decreased use of our solutions or limitation on our ability to export our solutions or sell them in international markets would hurt our revenue and compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation. Claims of infringement against us may hurt our business.

Our success depends, in part, upon non-infringement of intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. The internet-related software field generally is characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation. Although our industry is rapidly evolving, many companies that own, or claim to own, intellectual property have aggressively asserted their rights. From time to time, we have been subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of

 

19


Table of Contents

others, and we expect that third parties will continue to assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business. In addition, most of our subscription agreements require us to indemnify our customers against claims that our solutions infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties.

Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves or our customers by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing patent rights may target us. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:

 

  Ÿ  

hurt our reputation;

 

  Ÿ  

adversely affect our relationships with our current or future customers;

 

  Ÿ  

cause delays or stoppages in providing our services;

 

  Ÿ  

divert management’s attention and resources;

 

  Ÿ  

require technology changes to our software that would cause us to incur substantial cost;

 

  Ÿ  

subject us to significant liabilities; and

 

  Ÿ  

require us to cease some or all of our activities.

In addition to liability for monetary damages against us, which may be tripled and may include attorneys’ fees, or, in some circumstances, damages against our customers, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide some or all of our software solutions unless we obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights, which may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our services, weaken our competitive position and reduce our revenue.

We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, domain names and patent applications, as critical to our success. We strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. However, these contractual arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary information or deter independent development of similar technologies by others.

We have sought patent protection for some of our technologies and currently have two U.S. patent applications and one international patent application on file, although there can be no assurance that these patents will ultimately be issued. We are also pursuing the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in jurisdictions outside the United States. Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark, domain name and patent protection is expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and the costs of defending our rights. We may be required to protect our intellectual property in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional patent filings that could be expensive and time-consuming.

 

20


Table of Contents

We have licensed in the past, and expect to license in the future, some of our proprietary rights, such as trademarks or copyrighted material, to third parties. These licensees may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or harm our reputation.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Our efforts to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. In addition, the laws of many countries, such as China and India, do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of European countries and the United States. Further, the laws in the United States and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property. Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering services that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our software solutions. In addition, we may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us. In addition, litigation is inherently uncertain, and thus we may not be able to stop our competitors from infringing upon our intellectual property rights.

Our use of “open source” software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.

A portion of our technology platform and our solutions incorporates so-called “open source” software, and we may incorporate additional open source software in the future. Open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to specified conditions, including requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If an author or other third party that distributes open source software we use were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, including being enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained the open source software and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the sale of the affected solutions. In addition, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products.

Risks Related to this Offering, Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Status as a Public Company

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price, if at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade upon completion of this offering. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or

 

21


Table of Contents

NYSE, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchased in this offering at an attractive price or at all.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for technology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;

 

  Ÿ  

conditions or trends in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the software industry;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of new product or service offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

 

  Ÿ  

capital commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

investors’ general perception of our company and our business;

 

  Ÿ  

recruitment or departure of key personnel; and

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors and officers or specific stockholders.

In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against technology companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after the completion of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we do have equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

22


Table of Contents

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price.

In addition, as of March 31, 2013, we had outstanding:

 

  Ÿ  

stock options to purchase an aggregate of 2,633,717 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.96 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,616,113 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $13.95 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 238,262 shares of our common stock, assuming the conversion into common stock of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.68 per share.

To the extent these outstanding options and warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, the              shares sold in this offering and additional shares will be freely tradable,              additional shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144 and Rule 701, and             additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of lock-up agreements between some of our stockholders and the underwriters. The representatives of the underwriters may release these stockholders from their lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sales of shares in the public market.

In addition, promptly following the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the issuance of approximately              shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, the lock-up agreements described above and the restrictions of Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates.

 

23


Table of Contents

Additionally, after this offering, the holders of an aggregate of             shares of our common stock and             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will have rights, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register the resale of these shares, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.

There are provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as they will be in effect following this offering that may make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change in control was considered favorable by you and other stockholders. For example, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected. An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders.

Our charter documents will also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:

 

  Ÿ  

only one of our three classes of directors will be elected each year;

 

  Ÿ  

stockholders will not be entitled to remove directors other than by a 66  2 / 3 % vote and only for cause;

 

  Ÿ  

stockholders will not be permitted to take actions by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

stockholders cannot call a special meeting of stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

stockholders must give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.

In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations from engaging in specified business combinations with particular stockholders of those companies. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own over     % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these persons, acting together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other significant corporate transactions.

 

24


Table of Contents

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the NYSE. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We may discover weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. For example, in 2011, we identified a material weakness in our methodology for the accounting of our warrants to purchase

 

25


Table of Contents

redeemable convertible preferred stock. While we believe that this weakness has now been successfully remediated, we may in the future discover additional weaknesses that require improvement. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or other regulatory authorities.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not increase the value of your investment.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. You may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. As described elsewhere in this prospectus, we expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including further expansion of our international operations and sales and marketing capabilities. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy and we might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on our investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.

You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any existing or future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.

As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other costs. These additional costs could negatively affect our financial results. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and stock exchanges, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

 

26


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain some types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

We may need additional capital in the future to meet our financial obligations and to pursue our business objectives. Additional capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all, which could compromise our ability to meet our financial obligations and grow our business.

While we anticipate that our existing cash, together with availability under our existing credit facility, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months, we may need to raise additional capital to fund operations in the future or to meet various objectives, including developing future technologies and services, increasing working capital, acquiring businesses and responding to competitive pressures. If we seek to raise additional capital, it may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all. In addition, pursuant to the terms of our credit facility, we may be restricted from using the net proceeds of financing transactions for our operating objectives. Lack of sufficient capital resources could significantly limit our ability to manage our business and to take advantage of business and strategic opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or debt securities with an equity component would dilute our stock ownership. If adequate additional funds are not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate material parts of our business strategy, including potential additional acquisitions or development of new technologies.

 

27


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” but are also contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “objective,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue” and “ongoing,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

 

  Ÿ  

the growth of the e-commerce industry and the SaaS enterprise application software market in general;

 

  Ÿ  

the expected growth of advertising dollars spent on paid search and GMV sold on comparison shopping websites;

 

  Ÿ  

consumer adoption of mobile devices and usage for commerce;

 

  Ÿ  

the growth of social networking and commerce applications; and

 

  Ÿ  

our growth strategy.

You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

28


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including those generated by Gartner Inc., or Gartner, Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, International Data Corporation and ZenithOptimedia, as well as other publicly available information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

The Gartner report from which market data included in this prospectus has been derived, “Forecast Overview: Public Cloud Services, Worldwide, 2011-2016”, E. Anderson, Y. Dharmasthira, November 12, 2012, represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner and are not representations of fact. The Gartner report speaks as of its original publication date, and not as of the date of this prospectus, and the opinions expressed in the Gartner report are subject to change without notice.

The Forrester reports described in this prospectus represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Forrester and are not representations of fact. Each Forrester report speaks as of its original publication date, and not as of the date of this prospectus, and the opinions expressed in the Forrester reports are subject to change without notice. The Forrester reports consist of:

 

  Ÿ  

“The eCommerce Juggernaut Dominates Retail,” Forrester Research, Inc., November 12, 2012; and

 

  Ÿ  

“Mobile Commerce Forecast: 2011 To 2016,” Forrester Research, Inc., June 17, 2011.

We have also included in this prospectus industry and market data derived from International Data Corporation, “Worldwide Smartphone 2012-2016 Forecast Update: September 2012”, doc #236736, September 2012.

 

29


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, as well as to obtain additional capital. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including further expansion of our international operations and sales and marketing capabilities. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the future acquisition of, or investment in, complementary businesses, products or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions or investments and we have not allocated specific amounts of net proceeds for any of these purposes.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending these uses, we plan to invest these net proceeds in short-term, interest bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our credit facility.

 

30


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of March 31, 2013:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of                      shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the net exercise of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of the then outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including the shares issuable upon the net exercise of warrants, into an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

the reclassification of the remaining preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital upon the automatic conversion of our preferred stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants into common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following information is illustrative only of our cash and capitalization following the completion of this offering and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of March 31, 2013
    Actual      Pro forma    Pro forma
as adjusted
    (in thousands)

Cash

  $ 10,958         
 

 

 

       

Series A and Series C warrants liability

  $ 3,352         

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

       

Convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 94,069,793 shares authorized, 93,821,393 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    18,887         

Convertible Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 40,641,227 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    18,000         

Convertible Series B-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,660,378 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    3,000         

Convertible Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized, 73,880,351 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    50,608         
 

 

 

       

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    90,495         

 

31


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2013
     Actual     Pro forma    Pro forma
as adjusted
     (in thousands)

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.001 per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual or pro forma; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —          

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 303,500,000 shares authorized, 1,333,516 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 303,500,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     1        

Additional paid-in-capital

     4,166        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (349     

Accumulated deficit

     (82,205     
  

 

 

      

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (78,387     
  

 

 

      

Total capitalization

   $ 15,460        
  

 

 

      

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding in the table above excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

2,633,717 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2001 stock plan as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.96 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,854,375 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $12.37 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

 

32


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

As of March 31, 2013, we had a deficit in net tangible book value of $(95.6) million, or approximately $(71.65) per share of common stock. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the net exercise of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, the conversion of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ equity upon the closing of this offering, our net tangible book value would have been a deficit of approximately $(1.7) million, or approximately $             per share of common stock.

Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to the issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2013 would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in the pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $     

Actual net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2013

   $ (71.65  

Increase per share attributable to net exercise of warrants, conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock and reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

     $                
    

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase              additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $         per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $        per share.

 

33


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth as of March 31, 2013, on the pro forma basis described above, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the weighted average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page on this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Weighted average
price per share
 
       Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $         million, and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by              percentage points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The table above also excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

2,633,717 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2001 stock plan as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.96 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

1,854,375 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $12.37 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

The shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity benefit plans may be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of the plans. To the extent that options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

34


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial data of ChannelAdvisor Corporation for the periods indicated. The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 is derived from audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 are derived from unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial data include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and the results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2013.

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
        2010             2011         2012     2012     2013  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

         

Revenue

  $ 36,688      $ 43,570      $ 53,587      $ 12,166      $ 14,922   

Cost of revenue

    12,164        12,248        14,749        3,246        3,947   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    24,524        31,322        38,838        8,920        10,975   

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    14,867        19,106        24,326        5,390        7,790   

Research and development

    8,416        8,842        10,109        2,551        2,981   

General and administrative

    6,111        6,551        8,252        1,788        2,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    29,394        34,499        42,687        9,729        13,112   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (4,870     (3,177     (3,849     (809     (2,137

Total other income (expense)

    258        (636     (1,154     (18     (586
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (4,612     (3,813     (5,003     (827     (2,723

Income tax expense (benefit)

    112        51        (70     24        7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933   $ (851   $ (2,730
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (4.77   $ (3.45   $ (4.23   $ (0.74   $ (2.10
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted(1)

      $          $     
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    989,780        1,120,902        1,164,942        1,144,999        1,299,491   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

         
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense included above:

         

Cost of revenue

  $ 21      $ 15      $ 64      $ 4      $ 47   

Sales and marketing

    59        16        224        4        135   

Research and development

    38        58        105        13        70   

General and administrative

    216        111        245        27        177   

Other financial data:

         

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ (422   $ (910   $ (277   $ (174   $ (897

 

(1)

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share have been calculated assuming (i) the net exercise at the beginning of the applicable period of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of

 

35


Table of Contents
 

redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later, and (iii) the reclassification of the remaining outstanding preferred stock warrants from long-term liabilities to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the applicable period. The numerator of pro forma net loss per share is derived by adding $         million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $         million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 related to changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability.

(2) We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus: income tax expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and stock-based compensation. Please see “—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2013
 
     2010     2011     2012    
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash

   $ 6,939      $ 4,998      $ 10,865      $ 10,958   

Accounts receivable, net

     6,235        7,677        9,571        9,161   

Restricted cash

     890        886        687        686   

Total assets

     36,029        35,777        48,022        48,719   

Long-term debt, including current portion

     5,330        4,826        10,972        11,090   

Series A and Series C warrants liability

     331        592        3,235        3,352   

Total liabilities

     13,973        17,217        33,706        36,611   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     90,363        90,413        90,495        90,495   

Additional paid-in capital

     2,684        2,932        3,584        4,166   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (68,307     (71,853     (76,179     (78,387

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided a reconciliation below of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of some expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results.

Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

  Ÿ  

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

36


Table of Contents

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA together with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
    Ended March 31,    
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933   $ (851   $ (2,730

Adjustments:

          

Interest expense

     486        642        1,185        22        597   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     112        51        (70     24        7   

Depreciation and amortization expense

     3,370        2,061        2,903        583        800   

Stock-based compensation expense

     334        200        638        48        429   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net adjustments

     4,302        2,954        4,656        677        1,833   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (422   $ (910   $ (277   $ (174   $ (897
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions that enable our retailer and manufacturer customers to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales across hundreds of online channels. Through our platform, we enable our customers to connect with new and existing sources of demand for their products, including e-commerce marketplaces, such as eBay, Amazon and Newegg, search engines and comparison shopping websites, such as Google, Bing and Nextag, and emerging channels, such as Facebook and Groupon. Our suite of solutions, accessed through a standard web browser, provides our customers with a single, integrated user interface to manage their product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions across these channels. Our proprietary cloud-based technology platform delivers significant breadth, scalability and flexibility to our customers. In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in gross merchandise value, or GMV, through our platform. As of March 31, 2013, our customers managed over 100 million stock-keeping units, or SKUs, of their inventory on our platform.

We sell subscriptions to our SaaS solutions primarily through our direct sales force. Our customers include the online businesses of traditional retailers, online retailers and brand manufacturers, as well as advertising agencies that use our solutions on behalf of their retailer clients. As of March 31, 2013, we had nearly 2,000 core customers worldwide, including 27% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, as identified by Internet Retailer magazine based on their 2011 online sales.

We operate in one segment and derive our revenue from our customers’ access to and usage of our SaaS solutions, which are organized into modules. Each module integrates with a particular type of channel, such as third-party marketplaces, paid search or comparison shopping websites, or supports a specific online functionality, such as creating webstores or employing rich media solutions on their websites. The majority of our revenue is derived from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is usually one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and is based on a specified minimum amount of GMV that a customer expects to process through our platform. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through our platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV amount. We also receive implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training.

We have grown our total revenue from $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $53.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a compound annual growth rate of 20.9%. Our total revenue increased from $12.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to $14.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, an increase of 22.1%. Our revenue growth has been driven primarily by an increase in the number of core customers utilizing our solutions and an increase in the average revenue per core customer, as well as by an increase in the amount of our customers’

 

38


Table of Contents

GMV processed through our platform. During 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, over 20% of our core revenue was derived from customers located outside of the United States. We currently offer the same solutions internationally as we do in the United States, and we intend to continue expanding our international operations.

We do not take title to any of the merchandise processed through our platform and we generally do not collect payments on behalf of our customers. We do not hold any inventory of merchandise and we are not involved in the physical logistics of shipping merchandise to buyers, which is handled by our customers.

We plan to grow our revenue by adding new customers, helping our existing customers increase their GMV processed through our platform by taking full advantage of its functionality and selling additional module subscriptions to existing customers to allow them to sell merchandise through new channels.

We face a variety of challenges and risks, which we will need to address and manage as we pursue our growth strategy. In particular, we will need to continue to innovate in the face of a rapidly changing e-commerce landscape if we are to remain competitive, and we will need to effectively manage our growth, especially related to our international expansion. Our senior management continuously focuses on these and other challenges, and we believe that our culture of innovation and our history of growth and expansion will contribute to the success of our business. We cannot, however, assure you that we will be successful in addressing and managing the many challenges and risks that we face.

We commenced operations in 2001. From 2001 through 2008, we invested heavily in product development, sales and marketing and acquisitions to drive growth. During this period, we generated substantial losses and raised several rounds of financing from venture capital investors to fund our operations. In late 2008, in an effort to better focus our business model on our current market opportunity and to improve our profitability, we implemented a number of cost reduction measures, including a reduction in headcount. In 2009 and 2010, having substantially improved our cost structure as a result of this restructuring of our operations, we began reinvesting in sales and marketing in order to grow our business, and from 2009 through 2012, we experienced increasing rates of revenue growth.

Key Financial and Operating Performance Metrics

We regularly monitor a number of financial and operating metrics in order to measure our performance and project our future performance. These metrics aid us in developing and refining our growth strategies and making strategic decisions. We discuss revenue, gross margin and the components of net income in the section below entitled “Components of Operating Results.” In addition, we utilize other key metrics as described below.

Core Revenue

Our reported operating results include revenue attributable to the products from two small legacy acquisitions, both of which occurred prior to 2008 and focused on solutions for lower-volume eBay sellers. We do not consider these products to be a core part of our strategic focus going forward. Each of these acquisitions contributed a relatively large number of customers with revenue per customer substantially lower than is characteristic of the rest of our business. We exclude the revenue attributable to these non-core, legacy products in calculating a measure we refer to as core revenue. We anticipate that the revenue associated with these non-core, legacy products will continue to decline over time both in absolute terms and as a percentage of our total revenue.

 

39


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize our core and non-core revenue and the percentage of total revenue represented by each over the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,      Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010      2011      2012      2012      2013  
     (in thousands)  

Core revenue

   $ 32,707       $ 40,557       $ 51,224       $ 11,467       $ 14,401   

Non-core revenue

     3,981         3,013         2,363         699         521   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,688       $ 43,570       $ 53,587       $ 12,166       $ 14,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (as a percentage of total revenue)  

Core revenue

     89.1     93.1     95.6     94.3     96.5

Non-core revenue

     10.9        6.9        4.4        5.7        3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of Core Customers

The number of customers subscribing to our solutions is a primary determinant of our core revenue. We refer to the customers who subscribe to any of our solutions, other than the non-core, legacy products described above, as our core customers. The number of core customers was 1,673, 1,710 and 1,928 as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and 1,750 and 1,997 as of March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Average Revenue per Core Customer

The average revenue generated by our core customers is the other primary determinant of our core revenue. We calculate this metric by dividing our total core revenue for a particular period by the average monthly number of core customers during the period, which is calculated by taking the sum of the number of core customers at the end of each month in the period and dividing by the number of months in the period. We typically calculate average revenue per core customer in absolute dollars on a rolling twelve-month basis, but we may also calculate percentage changes in average revenue per core customer on a quarterly basis in order to help us evaluate our period-over-period performance. Our average revenue per core customer was $20,456, $24,240 and $28,050 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $25,299 and $28,730 for the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Subscription Dollar Retention Rate

We believe that our ability to retain our core customers and expand the revenue they generate for us over time is an important component of our growth strategy and reflects the long-term value of our customer relationships. We measure our performance on this basis using a metric we refer to as our subscription dollar retention rate. We calculate this metric for a particular period by establishing the cohort of core customers that had active contracts as of the end of the prior period. We then calculate our subscription dollar retention rate by taking the amount of fixed subscription revenue we recognized for the cohort in the period for which we are reporting the rate and dividing it by the fixed subscription revenue we recognized for the same cohort in the prior period. For this purpose, we do not include any revenue from the non-core, legacy products described above, any variable subscription fees paid by our customers or any implementation fees.

 

40


Table of Contents

Although some customers in any given period elect not to renew their contracts with us, our customers that do renew their subscriptions often increase their fixed subscription pricing levels to align with their increasing GMV volumes processed through our platform and may subscribe to additional modules as well. If our subscription dollar retention rate for a period is over 100%, this means that the increased subscription revenue we recognized from customers that renewed their contracts during the period, or whose contracts did not come up for renewal during the period, more than offset the subscription revenue we lost from customers that did not renew their contracts.

For each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, our subscription dollar retention rate exceeded 100%.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before net interest and other expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Please refer to “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” in this prospectus for a discussion of the limitations of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measurement, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted EBITDA in the same manner that we do. We prepare adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense, which we do not consider indicative of our operating performance. We encourage you to evaluate these adjustments, the reasons we consider them appropriate and the material limitations of using non-GAAP measures as described in “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA.”

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

We derive the majority of our revenue from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is usually one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and based on a specified minimum amount of GMV that a customer expects to process through our platform. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through our platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV. In most cases, the specified percentage of excess GMV on which the variable portion of the subscription is based is fixed and does not vary depending on the amount of the excess. We also receive implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training.

Because our customer contracts contain both fixed and variable pricing components, changes in GMV between periods do not translate directly or linearly into changes in our revenue. We use customized pricing structures for each of our customers depending upon the individual situation of the customer. For example, some customers may commit to a higher specified minimum GMV amount per month in exchange for a lower fixed percentage fee on that committed GMV. In addition, the percentage fee assessed on the variable GMV in excess of the committed minimum for each customer is typically higher than the fee on the fixed, committed portion. As a result, our overall revenue could increase or decrease even without any change in overall GMV between periods, depending on which

 

41


Table of Contents

customers generated the GMV. In addition, changes in GMV from month to month for any individual customer that are below the specified minimum amount would have no effect on our revenue from that customer, and each customer may alternate between being over the committed amount or under it from month to month. For these reasons, while GMV is an important qualitative and directional indicator, we do not regard it as a useful quantitative measurement of our historic revenues or as a predictor of future revenues.

The following table shows the percentage of our total revenue attributable to fixed subscription fees plus implementation fees, as compared to the percentage attributable to variable subscription fees for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
         2010             2011             2012             2012             2013      
     (as a percentage of total revenue)  

Fixed subscription fees plus implementation fees

     48.7     55.0     61.4     59.8     65.3

Variable subscription fees

     51.3        45.0        38.6        40.2        34.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We recognize fixed subscription fees and implementation fees ratably over the contract period once four conditions have been satisfied:

 

  Ÿ  

the contract has been signed by both parties;

 

  Ÿ  

the customer has access to our platform and transactions can be processed;

 

  Ÿ  

the fees are fixed or determinable; and

 

  Ÿ  

collection is reasonably assured.

We generally invoice our customers for the fixed portion of the subscription fee in advance, in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments. We invoice our customers for the implementation fee at the inception of the arrangement. Fixed subscription and implementation fees that have been invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue and are generally recognized ratably over the contract term.

We invoice and recognize revenue from the variable portion of subscription fees in the period in which the related GMV is processed, assuming that the four conditions specified above have been met.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of salaries and personnel-related costs for employees providing services to our customers and supporting our platform infrastructure, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Additional expenses include co-location facility costs for our data centers, depreciation expense for computer equipment directly associated with generating revenue, infrastructure maintenance costs, fees we pay to credit card vendors in connection with our customers’ payments to us and other direct costs. We plan to continue to expand our capacity to support our growth, which will result in higher cost of revenue in absolute dollars.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs are the most significant component of

 

42


Table of Contents

each of these expense categories. The number of employees related to these expense categories grew from 208 at December 31, 2010 to 327 at March 31, 2013, and we expect to continue to hire new employees in order to support our anticipated revenue growth.

Sales and marketing expense.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and personnel-related costs for our sales and marketing and customer support employees, including benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commissions. We record expense for commissions at the time of contract signing. Additional expenses include marketing, advertising and promotional event programs, corporate communications and travel. The number of employees in our sales and marketing functions grew from 128 at December 31, 2010 to 216 at March 31, 2013, and we expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in the foreseeable future as we further increase the number of our sales and marketing professionals and expand our marketing activities in order to continue to grow our business.

Research and development expense.     Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and personnel-related costs for our research and development employees, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Additional expenses include costs related to the development, quality assurance and testing of new technology and enhancement of our existing platform technology, consulting and travel. The number of employees in research and development functions increased from 51 at December 31, 2010 to 71 at March 31, 2013. We believe continuing to invest in research and development efforts is essential to maintaining our competitive position.

General and administrative expense.     General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and personnel-related costs for administrative, finance and accounting, information systems, legal and human resource employees, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Additional expenses include consulting and professional fees, insurance, other corporate expenses and travel. The number of employees in general and administrative functions grew from 29 at December 31, 2010 to 40 at March 31, 2013, and we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute terms as a result of our preparation to become and operate as a public company. After the completion of this offering, these expenses will also include costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations governing public companies, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, increased professional services and an enhanced investor relations function.

Other Income / Expense

Other income and expense consists primarily of interest income and expense and changes in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability. Interest income represents interest received on our cash. Interest expense consists primarily of the interest incurred on outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities.

The fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability is re-measured at the end of each reporting period and any changes in fair value are recognized in other income or expense. Upon completion of this offering, the preferred stock warrants will automatically, in accordance with their terms, become warrants to purchase common stock, which will result in the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and no further changes in fair value will be recognized in other income or expense.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense consists of U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. We incurred minimal income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

 

43


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
           2010                 2011                 2012                 2012                 2013        
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 36,688      $ 43,570      $ 53,587      $ 12,166      $ 14,922   

Cost of revenue

     12,164        12,248        14,749        3,246        3,947   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     24,524        31,322        38,838        8,920        10,975   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     14,867        19,106        24,326        5,390        7,790   

Research and development

     8,416        8,842        10,109        2,551        2,981   

General and administrative

     6,111        6,551        8,252        1,788        2,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,394        34,499        42,687        9,729        13,112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,870     (3,177     (3,849     (809     (2,137

Other income (expense):

          

Interest expense

     (486     (642     (1,185     (22     (597

Other income, net

     744        6        31        4        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     258        (636     (1,154     (18     (586
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,612     (3,813     (5,003     (827     (2,723

Income tax expense (benefit)

     112        51        (70     24        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933   $ (851   $ (2,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
           2010                 2011                 2012                 2012                 2013        
     (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

     33.2        28.1        27.5        26.7        26.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     66.8        71.9        72.5        73.3        73.5   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     40.5        43.9        45.4        44.3        52.2   

Research and development

     22.9        20.3        18.9        21.0        20.0   

General and administrative

     16.7        15.0        15.4        14.7        15.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     80.1        79.2        79.7        80.0        87.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (13.3     (7.3     (7.2     (6.7     (14.4

Other income (expense):

          

Interest expense

     (1.3     (1.5     (2.2     (0.2     (4.0

Other income, net

     2.0        0.0        0.1        0.0        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     0.7        (1.5     (2.1     (0.2     (3.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (12.6     (8.8     (9.3     (6.9     (18.3

Income tax expense (benefit)

     0.3        0.1        (0.1     0.2        0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (12.9 )%      (8.9 )%      (9.2 )%      (7.1 )%      (18.3 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Comparison of Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,        
    2012     2013     Period-to-Period Change   
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
             
            Amount     Percentage  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 12,166        100.0   $ 14,922        100.0   $ 2,756        22.7

Cost of revenue

    3,246        26.7        3,947        26.5        701        21.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

    8,920        73.3        10,975        73.5        2,055        23.0   

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

    5,390        44.3        7,790        52.2        2,400        44.5   

Research and development

    2,551        21.0        2,981        20.0        430        16.9   

General and administrative

    1,788        14.7        2,341        15.7        553        30.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    9,729        80.0        13,112        87.9        3,383        34.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

    (809     (6.7     (2,137     (14.4     (1,328     164.2   

Other (expense) income:

           

Interest expense

    (22     (0.2     (597     (4.0     (575     *   

Other income, net

    4        0.0        11        0.1        7        175.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other (expense) income

    (18     (0.2     (586     (3.9     (568     *   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss before income taxes

    (827     (6.9     (2,723     (18.3     (1,896     229.3   

Income tax expense

    24        0.2        7        0.0        (17     (70.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

  $ (851     (7.1 )%    $ (2,730     (18.3 )%    $ (1,879     220.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

* = not meaningful

Revenue .    Revenue increased by $2.7 million, or 22.7%, from $12.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to $14.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Our core revenue increased $2.9 million, or 25.6%, during the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012.

This growth was primarily attributable to a 10.5% increase in the average revenue per core customer during the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, which accounted for 46.8% of the increase in core revenue during the period. The increase in the average revenue per core customer was primarily attributable to an overall increase in transaction volume and, to a lesser extent, to modest overall increases in the percentages assessed on the fixed and variable portions of GMV under our contractual arrangements with some of our customers during the year. Because we generally enter into annual contracts with our customers, we may renegotiate either or both of the fixed and variable components of the pricing structure of a customer’s contract each year. In addition, the increase in average revenue per core customer was due in part to a general shift in our customer base toward a greater proportion of larger enterprise customers, all of which are core customers. Our enterprise customers generally commit to a higher specified minimum amount of GMV per month.

In addition, we experienced a 14.1% increase in the number of core customers using our platform during the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2012, which accounted for 53.2% of the increase in core revenue during the period. This growth in core revenue was partially offset by a $0.2 million, or 25.5%, decrease in our non-core revenue over the same period.

Our revenue from international operations increased from $2.7 million, or 21.8% of total revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2012, to $3.2 million, or 21.6% of total revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in revenue from our international operations was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of international customers.

 

45


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue .    Cost of revenue increased by $0.7 million, or 21.6%, from $3.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to a $0.3 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of employees providing services to our expanding customer base and supporting our platform infrastructure from 89 at March 31, 2012 to 105 at March 31, 2013. In addition, we experienced a $0.2 million increase in depreciation expense associated with equipment for our data centers and a $0.1 million increase in credit card vendor transaction fees. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue declined from 26.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 to 26.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Sales and marketing .    Sales and marketing expense increased by $2.4 million, or 44.5%, from $5.4 million, or 44.3% of revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2012, to $7.8 million, or 52.2% of revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $1.7 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing and customer support personnel to continue driving revenue growth. The number of full-time sales and marketing employees increased from 151 at March 31, 2012 to 216 at March 31, 2013. In addition, we experienced a $0.4 million increase in our marketing, advertising and promotional event programs and travel. The increase in sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2013 reflects our strategy of adding sales and marketing professionals and expanding our marketing activities in order to continue to grow our business.

Research and development .    Research and development expense increased by $0.4 million, or 16.9%, from $2.6 million, or 21.0% of revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2012, to $3.0 million, or 20.0% of revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in research and development personnel. The number of full-time research and development employees increased from 66 at March 31, 2012 to 71 at March 31, 2013.

General and administrative .    General and administrative expense increased by $0.6 million, or 30.9%, from $1.8 million, or 14.7% of revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2012, to $2.4 million, or 15.7% of revenue, for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $0.5 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growing business. The number of full-time general and administrative employees increased from 32 at March 31, 2012 to 40 at March 31, 2013. In addition, we experienced a $0.1 million increase in information systems and consulting costs.

 

46


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
    2011     2012     Period-to-
Period Change
 
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
   
            Amount     Percentage  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 43,570        100.0   $ 53,587        100.0   $ 10,017        23.0

Cost of revenue

    12,248        28.1        14,749        27.5        2,501        20.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

    31,322        71.9        38,838        72.5        7,516        24.0   

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

    19,106        43.9        24,326        45.4        5,220        27.3   

Research and development

    8,842        20.3        10,109        18.9        1,267        14.3   

General and administrative

    6,551        15.0        8,252        15.4        1,701        26.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    34,499        79.2        42,687        79.7        8,188        23.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

    (3,177     (7.3     (3,849     (7.2     (672     21.2   

Other (expense) income:

           

Interest expense

    (642     (1.5     (1,185     (2.2     (543     84.6   

Other income, net

    6        0.0        31        0.1        25        416.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other (expense) income

    (636     (1.5     (1,154     (2.1     (518     81.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss before income taxes

    (3,813     (8.8     (5,003     (9.3     (1,190     31.2   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    51        0.1        (70     (0.1     (121     *   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

  $ (3,864     (8.9 )%    $ (4,933     (9.2 )%    $ (1,069     27.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

* = not applicable

Revenue .    Revenue increased by $10.0 million, or 23.0%, from $43.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $53.6 million for year ended December 31, 2012. Our core revenue increased $10.7 million, or 26.3%, during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

This growth was primarily attributable to a 15.7% increase in the average revenue per core customer during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, which accounted for 65.2% of the increase in core revenue during the period. The increase in the average revenue per core customer was primarily attributable to an overall increase in transaction volume and, to a lesser extent, to modest overall increases in the percentages assessed on the fixed and variable portions of GMV under our contractual arrangements with some of our customers during the year. Because we generally enter into annual contracts with our customers, we may renegotiate either or both of the fixed and variable components of the pricing structure of a customer’s contract each year. In addition, the increase in average revenue per core customer was due in part to a general shift in our customer base toward a greater proportion of larger enterprise customers, all of which are core customers. Our enterprise customers generally commit to a higher specified minimum amount of GMV per month.

In addition, we experienced a 12.7% increase in the number of core customers using our platform during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, which accounted for 34.8% of the increase in core revenue during the period. This growth in core revenue was partially offset by a $0.7 million, or 21.5%, decrease in our non-core revenue over the same period.

 

47


Table of Contents

Our revenue from international operations increased from $8.8 million, or 20.1% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $11.4 million, or 21.4% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in revenue from our international operations was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of international customers.

Cost of revenue .    Cost of revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 20.4%, from $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to a $1.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of employees providing services to our expanding customer base and supporting our platform infrastructure from 90 at December 31, 2011 to 110 at December 31, 2012. In addition, we experienced a $0.8 million increase in depreciation expense associated with equipment for our data centers. These increases were partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in co-location facility costs resulting from efficiencies gained through virtualization. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue declined from 28.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 27.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Sales and marketing .    Sales and marketing expense increased by $5.2 million, or 27.3%, from $19.1 million, or 43.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $24.3 million, or 45.4% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $5.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing and customer support personnel to continue driving revenue growth. The number of full-time sales and marketing employees increased from 148 at December 31, 2011 to 189 at December 31, 2012.

Research and development .    Research and development expense increased by $1.3 million, or 14.3%, from $8.8 million, or 20.3% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $10.1 million, or 18.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $1.5 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in research and development personnel. The number of full-time research and development employees increased from 57 at December 31, 2011 to 70 at December 31, 2012.

General and administrative .    General and administrative expense increased by $1.7 million, or 26.0%, from $6.6 million, or 15.0% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $8.3 million, or 15.4% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $0.7 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growing business. The number of full-time general and administrative employees increased from 30 at December 31, 2011 to 36 at December 31, 2012. In addition, we experienced a $0.5 million increase in information systems and consulting costs and a $0.2 million increase in recruiting costs.

 

48


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011

 

    Years Ended December 31,        
    2010     2011     Period-to-Period Change  
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
   
            Amount     Percentage  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 36,688        100.0   $ 43,570        100.0   $ 6,882        18.8

Cost of revenue

    12,164        33.2        12,248        28.1        84        0.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

    24,524        66.8        31,322        71.9        6,798        27.7   

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

    14,867        40.5        19,106        43.9        4,239        28.5   

Research and development

    8,416        22.9        8,842        20.3        426        5.1   

General and administrative

    6,111        16.7        6,551        15.0        440        7.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    29,394        80.1        34,499        79.2        5,105        17.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

    (4,870     (13.3     (3,177     (7.3     1,693        (34.8

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense

    (486     (1.3     (642     (1.5     (156     32.1   

Other income, net

    744        2.0        6        0.0        (738     (99.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

    258        0.7        (636     (1.5     (894     *   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss before income taxes

    (4,612     (12.6     (3,813     (8.8     799        (17.3

Income tax expense

    112        0.3        51        0.1        (61     (54.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

  $ (4,724     (12.9 )%    $ (3,864     (8.9 )%    $ 860        (18.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

* = not applicable

Revenue .    Revenue increased by $6.9 million, or 18.8%, from $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $43.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our core revenue increased $7.9 million, or 24.0%, during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

This growth was primarily attributable to an 18.5% increase in the average revenue per core customer during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, which accounted for 80.7% of the increase in core revenue during the period. The increase in the average revenue per core customer was primarily attributable to an overall increase in transaction volume and, to a lesser extent, to modest overall increases in the percentages assessed on the fixed and variable portions of GMV under our contractual arrangements with some of our customers during the year. In addition, the increase in average revenue per core customer was due in part to a general shift in our customer base toward a greater proportion of larger enterprise customers, all of which are core customers.

In addition, we experienced a 2.2% increase in the number of core customers using our platform during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, which accounted for 19.3% of the increase in core revenue during the period. This growth in core revenue was offset by a $1.0 million, or 24.3%, decrease in our non-core revenue over the same period.

Our revenue from international operations increased from $7.0 million, or 19.1% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $8.8 million, or 20.1% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The revenue growth in our international operations was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of international customers.

 

49


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue .    Cost of revenue increased by $0.1 million, or 0.7%, from $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to a $0.7 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of employees providing services to our expanding customer base and supporting our platform infrastructure from 79 at December 31, 2010 to 90 at December 31, 2011. In addition, we experienced a $0.4 million increase in infrastructure maintenance costs to support our platform and a $0.1 million increase in credit card vendor transaction fees. These increases were partially offset by a $0.7 million decrease in co-location facility costs resulting from efficiencies gained through virtualization and a $0.4 million decrease in depreciation expense associated with equipment for our data centers. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue declined from 33.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 28.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Sales and marketing .    Sales and marketing expense increased by $4.2 million, or 28.5%, from $14.9 million, or 40.5% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $19.1 million, or 43.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $2.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing and customer support personnel to continue driving revenue growth. The number of full-time sales and marketing employees increased from 128 at December 31, 2010 to 148 at December 31, 2011. In addition, we experienced a $1.0 million increase in our marketing, advertising and promotional event programs and travel.

Research and development .    Research and development expense increased by $0.4 million, or 5.1%, from $8.4 million, or 22.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $8.8 million, or 20.3% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in research and development personnel. The number of full-time research and development employees increased from 51 at December 31, 2010 to 57 at December 31, 2011.

General and administrative .    General and administrative expense increased by $0.5 million, or 7.2%, from $6.1 million, or 16.7% or revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $6.6 million, or 15.0% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growing business. The number of full-time general and administrative employees increased slightly from 29 at December 31, 2010 to 30 at December 31, 2011.

Other income, net .    During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized other income, net, of $0.7 million primarily related to the sale of four patents to a third party.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables show our unaudited consolidated quarterly statement of operations data for each of our eight most recently completed quarters, as well as the percentage of revenue for each line item shown. This information has been derived from our unaudited financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods, and operating results for a quarterly period are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

50


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 10,222      $ 10,489      $ 12,801      $ 12,166      $ 12,408      $ 13,020      $ 15,993      $ 14,922   

Cost of revenue

    3,104        3,208        2,918        3,246        3,630        3,831        4,042        3,947   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    7,118        7,281        9,883        8,920        8,778        9,189        11,951        10,975   

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    5,214        5,358        4,549        5,390        6,616        6,159        6,161        7,790   

Research and development

    2,081        2,139        2,357        2,551        2,523        2,459        2,576        2,981   

General and administrative

    1,755        1,626        1,702        1,788        1,986        2,088        2,390        2,341   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    9,050        9,123        8,608        9,729        11,125        10,706        11,127        13,112   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (1,932     (1,842     1,275        (809     (2,347     (1,517     824        (2,137

Other (expense) income:

               

Interest expense

    (91     (165     (286     (22     (399     (407     (357     (597

Other income, net

    2        —          2        4        12        9        6        11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

    (89     (165     (284     (18     (387     (398     (351     (586
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (2,021     (2,007     991        (827     (2,734     (1,915     473        (2,723

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (64     (87     170        24        16        43        (153     7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (1,957   $ (1,920   $ 821      $ (851   $ (2,750   $ (1,958   $ 626      $ (2,730
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Three Months Ended  
    June 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    March 31,
2013
 
    (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

    30.4        30.6        22.8        26.7        29.3        29.4        25.3        26.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    69.6        69.4        77.2        73.3        70.7        70.6        74.7        73.5   

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    51.0        51.1        35.5        44.3        53.3        47.3        38.5        52.2   

Research and development

    20.4        20.4        18.4        21.0        20.3        18.9        16.1        20.0   

General and administrative

    17.2        15.5        13.3        14.7        16.0        16.0        14.9        15.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    88.6        87.0        67.2        80.0        89.6        82.2        69.5        87.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (19.0     (17.6     10.0        (6.7     (18.9     (11.6     5.2        (14.4

Other (expense) income:

               

Interest expense

    (0.9     (1.6     (2.2     (0.2     (3.2     (3.1     (2.2     (4.0

Other income, net

    0.0        —          0.0        0.0        0.1        0.1        0.0        0.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

    (0.9     (1.6     (2.2     (0.2     (3.1     (3.0     (2.2     (3.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (19.9     (19.2     7.8        (6.9     (22.0     (14.6     3.0        (18.3

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (0.6     (0.8     1.3        0.2        0.1        0.3        (1.0     0.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (19.3 )%      (18.4 )%      6.5     (7.1 )%      (22.1 )%      (14.9 )%      4.0     (18.3 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends and Seasonality

Our overall operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are outside our control. In general, our revenue has increased as a result of an increase in the number of core customers using our platform and an increase in average revenue per core customer, driven in part by an increase in the amount of GMV processed through our platform. In most of the quarters presented, we added sales and marketing personnel to focus on adding new customers and increasing penetration within our existing customer base and added technical support, services, research and development and administrative personnel to support our growth. Our historical results should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future results of operations.

 

51


Table of Contents

Our revenue fluctuates as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to the peak consumer demand and related increased volume of our customers’ GMV during the year-end holiday season. As a result, we have historically had higher revenue in our fourth quarter than other quarters in a given year due to increased GMV processed through our platform, resulting in higher variable subscription fees. For example, our revenue in the fourth quarter of 2012 exceeded revenue in each of the preceding three quarters.

Along with the seasonally higher revenue we have experienced in the fourth quarter, we have also experienced higher gross margins in the fourth quarter. Our cost to run our platform infrastructure is generally fixed. Therefore, when applied against our generally fixed costs, the higher revenue in the fourth quarter has resulted in higher overall gross margins for us.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

To date, we have funded our operations primarily through cash from operating activities, bank and subordinated debt borrowings and private placements of redeemable convertible preferred stock. We have raised $90.4 million from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock to third parties.

In December 2009, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a lender, which was most recently amended in July 2012. The agreement, as amended, includes a revolving line of credit of up to $6.0 million and an equipment line of credit of up to $1.0 million.

The revolving line of credit has a current term through June 2013 and requires interest-only payments to be made monthly on any outstanding advances at the lender’s prime rate plus 1%, which was 4.25% at March 31, 2013. Borrowings under the equipment line of credit accrue interest at a rate of 7.25% per annum and are payable in 36 monthly installments from the date of each respective borrowing. The equipment line of credit matures on June 1, 2014. The loans are collateralized by all of our assets, excluding our intellectual property, although we may not encumber our intellectual property without the consent of the lender.

In March 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a subordinated lender. Under the agreement, we borrowed $5.0 million in March 2012 and an additional $5.0 million in December 2012. Borrowings under the agreement accrue interest at an annual rate of 10.5%. We are required to make interest-only payments on outstanding balances through March 1, 2015, after which the debt will be payable in monthly installments of both principal and interest through February 2017.

Under the terms of both loan and security agreements, we are required to meet and maintain specified financial and nonfinancial covenants. As of March 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

The following table summarizes the outstanding principal balances of our debt as of March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Outstanding Principal
Balance
 

Revolving line of credit

   $ 3,300   

Equipment line of credit

     47   

Subordinated loan

     10,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,347   
  

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Working Capital

The following table summarizes our cash, accounts receivable, working capital and cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     As of and for the Year Ended
December 31,
    As of and for the Three
Months Ended March 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012         2012             2013      
     (in thousands)  

Cash

   $ 6,939      $ 4,998      $ 10,865      $ 10,635      $ 10,958   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

     6,235        7,677        9,571        7,517        9,161   

Working capital

     2,579        (1,317     3,006        1,888        617   

Cash (used in) provided by:

          

Operating activities

     (783     161        1,191        2,135        1,577   

Investing activities

     (912     (1,723     (2,094     (1,045     (351

Financing activities

     (1,219     (443     6,806        4,526        (1,049

Our cash at March 31, 2013 was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts that are currently providing only a minimal return.

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, our net cash provided by operating activities of $1.6 million consisted of a net loss of $2.7 million, offset by $2.8 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $1.5 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $0.8 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.4 million, accretion of debt discount of $0.1 million and change in fair value of preferred stock warrants of $0.1 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $2.2 million as a result of an increased number of customers prepaying for subscription services, a $0.3 million decrease in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased cash collections during the period, and a decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.3 million.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, our net cash provided by operating activities of $2.1 million consisted of a net loss of $0.9 million, offset by $2.3 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $0.7 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $0.6 million and non-cash rent expense of $0.2 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $1.8 million as a result of an increased number of customers prepaying for subscription services and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.5 million, primarily driven by increased operating costs during the period.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our net cash provided by operating activities of $1.2 million consisted of a net loss of $4.9 million, offset by $1.4 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $4.7 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $2.9 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.6 million, non-cash rent expense of $0.5 million and accretion of debt discount of $0.4 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily

 

53


Table of Contents

consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $3.9 million as a result of an increased number of customers prepaying for subscription services and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.4 million, primarily driven by increased operating costs during the period. These increases were partially offset by decreases in operating cash flow due to a $2.0 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continue to expand our operations, both domestically and internationally, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $1.1 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our net cash provided by operating activities of $0.2 million consisted of a net loss of $3.9 million, offset by cash of $1.0 million provided by changes in working capital and $3.1 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $2.1 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.2 million, non-cash rent expense of $0.3 million and change in fair value of preferred stock warrants of $0.3 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $1.9 million as a result of an increased number of customers prepaying for subscription services and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.4 million, primarily driven by increased operating costs during the period. These increases were offset by decreases in operating cash flow due to a $1.5 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continue to expand our operations both domestically and internationally and an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.8 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our net cash used in operating activities of $0.8 million consisted of a net loss of $4.7 million, offset by cash of $0.1 million provided by changes in working capital and $3.8 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $3.4 million and non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.3 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $1.5 million as a result of an increased number of customers prepaying for subscription services. These increases were offset by decreases in operating cash flow due to a $1.3 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continue to expand our operations both domestically and internationally and a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.1 million.

Investing Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, net cash used in investing activities was $1.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for the purchase of property and equipment.

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, net cash used in investing activities was $0.9 million, $1.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for the purchase of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, net cash used in financing activities was $1.0 million, consisting of $0.9 million in payments of costs in connection with this offering that have been deferred and $0.3 million in repayments of debt and capital leases, offset by $0.2 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options.

For the three months ended March 31, 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $4.5 million, consisting of $4.9 million in net borrowings under our subordinated loan, partially offset by $0.4 million in repayments of debt and capital leases.

 

54


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $6.8 million, consisting of $9.9 million in net borrowings under our subordinated loan and $0.2 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options, offset by $1.5 million in repayments of debt and capital leases, $1.5 million in payments of costs in connection with this offering that have been deferred and $0.2 million used to repurchase common stock from two former employees.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in financing activities was $0.4 million, consisting of $1.5 million in repayments of debt and capital leases, offset by $1.0 million in borrowings under our revolving line of credit and $0.1 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash used in financing activities was $1.2 million, consisting of $1.5 million in repayments of debt and capital leases, offset by $0.2 million in borrowings under capital lease agreements and $0.1 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

We believe that our existing cash balances, together with the available borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 12 months. During this period, we expect our capital expenditure requirements to be approximately $5.5 million to $6.5 million. If our available cash balances and net proceeds from this offering are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell equity or convertible debt securities or enter into an additional credit facility. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

Contractual Obligations

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding debt facilities, non-cancelable leases for our office space and computer equipment and purchase commitments for our co-location and other support services. The following table summarizes these contractual obligations at December 31, 2012. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

Contractual Obligations

   Payment due by period  
   Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than 5
years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt:

              

Principal payments

   $ 13,370       $ 3,370       $ 3,914       $ 6,086       $ —     

Interest payments

     3,432         1,043         1,975         414         —     

Operating lease obligations

     11,051         1,484         4,882         2,955         1,730   

Capital lease obligations

     2,439         1,209         1,230         —           —     

Purchase commitments

     3,766         2,074         1,692         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,058       $ 9,180       $ 13,693       $ 9,455       $ 1,730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2012, we leased additional office space with total collective future minimum lease payments of $1.0 million. In addition, we entered into a lease for hardware, software licenses and managed services with total collective future minimum lease payments of $0.5 million. We also entered into a lease for the purchase of fixed assets with total collective future minimum lease payments of $1.3 million.

 

55


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of March 31, 2013, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We derive the majority of our revenue from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is typically one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and is based on a specified minimum amount of GMV that a customer expects to process through our platform over the contract term. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through our platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV amount. We also receive implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training. Customers do not have the contractual right to take possession of our software at any time.

We recognize revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, we have provided the service, the fees to be paid by the customer are fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We consider that delivery of our SaaS solutions has commenced once our customer has access to our platform and can process transactions.

We generally recognize the fixed portion of our subscription fees and our implementation fees ratably over the contract term once the criteria for revenue recognition described above have been satisfied. Some of our customers elect a managed-service solution and contract with us to manage some or all aspects of our SaaS solutions on their behalf. Under these managed-service arrangements, customer transactions cannot be processed through our platform until the completion of the implementation services. Therefore, we commence revenue recognition once transactions can be processed on our platform, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. At that time, we recognize the portion of the fees earned since the inception of the arrangement. We recognize the balance of the fees ratably over the remaining contract term.

We recognize the variable portion of subscription fee revenue in the period in which the related GMV is processed, as long as all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied.

We record deferred revenue when we receive cash payments from or invoice our customers in advance of when we provide or perform the services under our arrangements with them.

 

56


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are stated at realizable value, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts that we maintain for estimated losses expected to result from the inability of some customers to make payments as they become due. Our estimated allowance is based on our analysis of past due amounts and ongoing credit evaluations. Historically, our actual collection experience has not varied significantly from our estimates, due primarily to our credit and collection policies and the financial strength of our customers.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to an annual impairment test. We test goodwill for impairment annually on December 31 or more frequently if events or changes in business circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we adopted new accounting guidance, which gives us the option of performing a qualitative assessment for testing goodwill for impairment. Under the qualitative assessment, we determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the goodwill is impaired. The qualitative factors that we consider include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company-specific events, changes in circumstances and after-tax cash flows.

If we determine that the qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we would test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. The first step is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, the assigned goodwill is not considered impaired. If the fair value is less than the reporting unit’s carrying value, step two is performed to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. In the second step, the fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit’s identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value was being initially allocated. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment charge would be recorded in the period the determination is made.

We have determined that we have a single, entity-wide reporting unit. To determine the fair value of our reporting unit for the quantitative approach, we primarily use a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant assumptions and estimates about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the determination of an appropriate discount rate, estimated terminal value and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. We may also determine fair value of our reporting unit using a market approach by applying multiples of earnings of peer companies to our operating results.

Based upon the quantitative assessment that we performed as of December 31, 2011, our reporting unit was not considered at risk of failing step one of the goodwill impairment test. Accordingly, a qualitative assessment was performed as of December 31, 2012, and we determined, after assessing all relevant events and circumstances, that the reporting unit did not have a carrying value that was more likely than not to exceed its fair value.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock options awarded to employees, directors and non-employee third parties are measured at fair value at each grant date. We consider what we believe to be comparable publicly traded

 

57


Table of Contents

companies, discounted free cash flows, and an analysis of our enterprise value in estimating the fair value of our common stock. We recognize compensation expense ratably over the requisite service period of the option award. Options generally vest quarterly over a four-year period.

Determination of the Fair Value of Stock-based Compensation Grants

The determination of the fair value of stock-based compensation arrangements is affected by a number of variables, including estimates of the fair value of our common stock, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the award. We value stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that are fully transferable and have no vesting restrictions. Black-Scholes and other option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility.

The following summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted to employees for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended December 31,   Three Months
Ended March 31,
        2010           2011           2012           2012           2013    

Assumptions:

         

Risk-free interest rate

  0.5% - 3.0%   0.4% - 2.0%   0.1% - 0.9%   *   0.3% - 1.2%

Expected life

  6.25   6.25   4.00 - 6.25   *   5.00 - 6.25

Expected volatility

  39% - 55%   28% - 56%   49% - 61%   *   51% - 59%

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%   *   0%

Weighted average grant date fair value

  $0.64   $0.80   $2.88   *   $3.68

* not applicable

We have assumed no dividend yield because we do not expect to pay dividends in the future, which is consistent with our history of not paying dividends. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected life of our employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. We used the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we updated and expanded the list of comparable companies used to estimate expected volatility by including companies in our industry that had recently completed initial public offerings, and replacing some of the companies that had been used in prior periods with others that we believed to be more comparable to us in terms of size, business model or stage of development.

Our estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, is based on our analysis of historical behavior by stock option holders. The estimated forfeiture rate is applied to the total estimated fair value of the awards, as derived from the Black-Scholes model, to compute the stock-based compensation expense, net of pre-vesting forfeitures, to be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock as of March 31, 2013 was $         million, of which $        million related to vested options and $         million to unvested options.

 

58


Table of Contents

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates

We are a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, in response to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, related regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service and accounting standards related to stock-based compensation, we have periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation,” also known as the Practice Aid. We performed these contemporaneous valuations as of June 30, 2010, June 30, 2011, March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012. In conducting the contemporaneous valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including management’s best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the contemporaneous valuations performed by our management, a range of factors, assumptions and methodologies were used. The significant factors included:

 

  Ÿ  

independent third-party valuations performed contemporaneously or shortly before the grant date, as applicable;

 

  Ÿ  

the fact that we are a privately held technology company and our common stock is illiquid;

 

  Ÿ  

the nature and history of our business;

 

  Ÿ  

our historical financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

our discounted future cash flows, based on our projected operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

valuations of comparable public companies;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential impact on common stock of liquidation preference rights of redeemable convertible preferred stock under different valuation scenarios;

 

  Ÿ  

general economic conditions and the specific outlook for our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for shares of our common stock, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions, or remaining a private company; and

 

  Ÿ  

the state of the IPO market for similarly situated privately held technology companies.

The dates of our contemporaneous valuations have not always coincided with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In such instances, management’s estimates have been based on the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our shares of common stock and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believed were relevant as of the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent contemporaneous valuation and the grant dates included our stage of development, our operating and financial performance, current business conditions and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these contemporaneous valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an IPO or other liquidity event, and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share could have been significantly different.

 

59


Table of Contents

Common Stock Valuation Methodology

Historically, we prepared our common stock valuations utilizing the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, approach to allocate value to our common shares. The PWERM approach employs various market, income or cost approach calculations depending on the likelihood of various liquidation scenarios. For each of the various scenarios, an equity value is estimated and the rights and preferences for each shareholder class are considered to allocate the equity value to common shares. The common share value is then multiplied by a discount factor reflecting the calculated discount rate and the timing of the event. Lastly, the common share value is multiplied by an estimated probability for each scenario. The probability and timing of each scenario are based on discussions between our board of directors and our management team. Under the PWERM, the value of our common stock is based on four possible future events for our company:

 

  Ÿ  

an IPO;

 

  Ÿ  

a strategic merger or sale;

 

  Ÿ  

our remaining a private company; and

 

  Ÿ  

the sale of our technology and the resulting dissolution of our company.

More recently, greater certainty developed regarding our plans for an IPO, and while we continued to use the PWERM approach for allocating our enterprise value to our common stock, we modified the treatment of the non-IPO scenarios within the PWERM beginning with the valuation performed as of December 31, 2012. In particular, in the December 31, 2012 analysis, the PWERM included both a near-term IPO scenario, consistent with the September 30, 2012 analysis, and a non-IPO scenario, corresponding to the sale and stay private scenarios used in the September 30, 2012 analysis. In the non-IPO scenario, the analysis used an Option Pricing Model, or OPM, to reflect the full distribution of possible non-IPO outcomes. We considered this “hybrid” method (PWERM using OPM within one of the scenarios) to be a more appropriate model of the non-IPO scenarios due to uncertainty regarding the timing or likelihood of specific alternative exit events if we do not complete the near-term IPO as planned.

In the OPM scenario, the value of our common stock and our redeemable convertible preferred stock are estimated as call options on the enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the respective liquidation preferences of each series of the redeemable convertible preferred stock. Under the OPM, our common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to common stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference of our redeemable convertible preferred stock at the time of the liquidity event. The characteristics of each class of stock, including the conversion ratio and any liquidation preference of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, determine the class of stock’s claim on the enterprise value. Essentially, the rights of the common stockholders are equivalent to a call option on any value above the redeemable convertible preferred stockholders’ liquidation preferences. Thus, our common stock can be valued by estimating the value of its portion of each of these call option rights.

Market Approach

The market approach uses similar companies or transactions in the marketplace. When using the guideline company method of the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO scenario, we identified companies similar to our business and used these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios. We then applied these market multiples and ratios to our financial forecasts to create an indication of total equity value. In selecting the guideline companies used in our analysis, we applied several criteria, including companies in the e-commerce platform industry, companies displaying economic and financial similarity in certain aspects of primary importance in the eyes of the investing public, and businesses that entail a similar

 

60


Table of Contents

degree of investment risk. When using the similar transaction methodology of the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock under the strategic merger or sale scenario, we used publicly disclosed data from arm’s-length transactions involving similar companies to develop relationships or value measures between the prices paid for the target companies and the underlying financial performance of those companies. These value measures are then applied to our applicable operating data to create an indication of total equity value.

We used the market approach as the primary method of determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO scenario and the strategic merger or sale scenario starting with our March 31, 2012 independent valuation and for all subsequent independent valuations. For each of these independent valuations, we performed a discrete assessment of publicly traded comparable companies, including companies that had recently completed initial public offerings, to ensure that we had a representative sample of guideline companies upon which to base the valuations. The guideline companies we used in the market approach for each of these valuations were the same companies we used to estimate our expected volatility for purposes of determining our stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted during the period from April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013. While our selection of guideline companies remained the same for each independent valuation in 2012, they may change in the future if we determine that the current guideline companies are no longer comparable.

Income Approach

For the income approach, we used the discounted free cash flow method, which is based on the premise that equity value as of the respective valuation date is equal to the projected future free cash flows and expected terminal value of the business, discounted by a required rate of return that investors would demand given the risks of ownership and the risks associated with achieving the stream of projected future free cash flows.

We used the income approach as the primary method of determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO scenario, the strategic merger or sale scenario and the remain private scenario for our June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011 independent valuations.

Cost Approach

The cost approach involves identifying our significant tangible assets, estimating the individual current market values of each and then totaling them to derive the value of the business as a whole. We used the cost approach to value our adjusted net assets available to common shareholders if we were forced to liquidate our assets if our business model failed and we were unable to raise additional financing.

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted from January 1, 2011 through the date of this prospectus, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date.

 

Grant Date

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
     Exercise Price per
Share
     Estimated Fair
Value per Share
 

February 11, 2011

     291,001       $ 2.24       $ 2.24   

August 29, 2011

     322,005       $ 2.24       $ 2.24   

December 19, 2011

     11,675       $ 2.24       $ 2.24   

June 19, 2012

     170,403       $ 6.88       $ 6.88   

October 18, 2012

     159,602       $ 8.64       $ 8.64   

December 12, 2012

     317,870       $ 8.64       $ 8.64   

March 8, 2013

     572,956       $ 8.80       $ 8.80   

 

61


Table of Contents

Significant factors contributing to the determination of common stock fair value at the date of each grant beginning in fiscal year 2011 were as follows:

February 2011 Stock Option Grants.     The compensation committee of our board of directors granted options to purchase 291,001 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $2.24 on February 11, 2011. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of February 11, 2011, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of June 30, 2010. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $2.24 as of June 30, 2010. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between June 30, 2010 and February 11, 2011.

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation
Method
 
    

IPO

     25     Income   

Strategic merger or sale

     50     Income   

Remain private

     20     Income   

Dissolution / technology sale

     5     Cost   

Our compensation committee determined that the general IPO market for small technology companies was not very strong as reflected by the small number of IPOs in the first half of 2010 and that our operating performance, stock market conditions in general, and the market for IPOs in particular, were such that it was unlikely that we would be able to successfully complete an offering before the end of 2012. The committee considered remaining private to still be possible but less likely, resulting in this scenario being assigned a 20% probability. The dissolution and sale of our technology was deemed unlikely and was assigned only a 5% probability.

 

  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 25%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 25% and a lack of control discount of 20%.

 

  Ÿ  

The macro-economic conditions at the time, with uncertainty as to whether the overall economy would rebound in the near term, and the uncertainty as to the impact of the recession on the purchasing patterns of our customer base, did not warrant a change in valuation as of the February 11, 2011 stock option grant date.

August and December 2011 Stock Option Grants.     Our compensation committee granted options to purchase 322,005 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $2.24 on August 29, 2011. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of August 29, 2011, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of June 30, 2011. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $2.24 as of June 30, 2011. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between June 30, 2011 and August 29, 2011.

Less than four months later, on December 19, 2011, when our results were similar to prior months, our compensation committee granted options to purchase 11,675 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $2.24. Little had changed since the last stock option grant date and, although we finished the third quarter with our revenue on plan, the overall market conditions had not changed significantly. Therefore, the committee determined that the estimated fair value of common stock had not changed since the August 29, 2011 grants.

 

62


Table of Contents

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation
Method
 
    

IPO

     65     Income   

Strategic merger or sale

     25     Income   

Remain private

     5     Income   

Dissolution / technology sale

     5     Cost   

The probability for an IPO scenario increased from 25% as of the June 30, 2010 valuation date to 65% as of the June 30, 2011 valuation date due to progress in our business which indicated that an IPO in the future was more likely than previously estimated. In addition, our compensation committee determined that the IPO market appeared to be improving significantly during the first half of 2011, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us. Remaining private and the dissolution and sale of our technology were both deemed unlikely and were each assigned only a 5% probability.

 

  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 15%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 20% and a lack of control discount of 20%.

 

  Ÿ  

The macro-economic conditions at the time, with uncertainty as to whether the overall economy would rebound in the near term, and the uncertainty as to the impact of the recession on the purchasing patterns of our customer base, did not warrant a change in valuation as of the August and December stock option grant dates.

June 2012 Stock Option Grants.     Our compensation committee granted options to purchase 170,403 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $6.88 on June 19, 2012. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of June 19, 2012, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of March 31, 2012. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $6.88 as of March 31, 2012. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between March 31, 2012 and June 19, 2012.

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation
Method
 
    

IPO—Early

     20     Market   

IPO—Late

     20     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—High

     15     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—Medium

     25     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—Low

     10     Market   

Dissolution / technology sale

     10     Cost   

The probability of an IPO was broken down into early (June 30, 2013) and late (June 30, 2014) scenarios based on the anticipated timing for a possible IPO. In addition, the probability of a strategic merger or sale was broken down into high, medium and low valuation scenarios based on the anticipated timing of a potential strategic merger or sale and the impact of the

 

63


Table of Contents

timing on the estimated valuation. In determining the probabilities, our compensation committee determined that the IPO market was continuing to improve during the first quarter of 2012, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us, and believed an IPO in mid-2013 was a possibility but not definitive at the time. Unlike previous valuations, the committee determined that there was no significant probability that we would remain private and therefore did not include this scenario in the valuation analysis. The sale of our intellectual property was still deemed unlikely and was assigned only a 10% probability.

 

  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 25%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 20%.

The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $2.24 per share as of December 19, 2011 to $6.88 per share as of June 19, 2012 was primarily due to the following:

 

  Ÿ  

increased market valuations of the guideline companies used in determining total equity value;

 

  Ÿ  

a higher projected revenue forecast for us;

 

  Ÿ  

application of a higher revenue multiple based on the then-current market conditions for our guideline companies to our higher projected revenue forecast;

 

  Ÿ  

our strong operating performance during the fourth quarter of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, primarily attributable to revenue growth from an increase in the number of core customers using our platform; and

 

  Ÿ  

significant improvement in overall macroeconomic conditions.

October and December 2012 Stock Option Grants.     Our compensation committee granted options to purchase 159,602 shares of common stock on October 18, 2012 and 317,870 shares on December 12, 2012, in each case with an exercise price per share of $8.64. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of these grant dates, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of September 30, 2012. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $8.64 as of September 30, 2012. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between September 30, 2012 and these grant dates.

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation
Method
 
    

IPO—Early

     35     Market   

IPO—Late

     25     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—High

     5     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—Medium

     15     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—Low

     10     Market   

Dissolution / technology sale

     10     Cost   

The probability of an IPO was broken down into early (June 30, 2013) and late (June 30, 2014) scenarios based on the anticipated timing for a possible IPO. In addition, the probability of a strategic merger or sale was broken down into high, medium and low valuation scenarios based on the anticipated timing of a potential strategic merger or sale and the impact of the timing on the estimated valuation. In determining the probabilities, our compensation committee determined

 

64


Table of Contents

that the IPO market was continuing to improve during the first three quarters of 2012, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us, and believed an IPO in mid 2013 was a possibility but not definitive at the time. As with the June 2012 valuation, the committee did not include a private company scenario in the valuation analysis. The sale of our intellectual property was still deemed unlikely and was assigned only a 10% probability.

 

  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 25%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 20%.

The increase in the estimated fair value of the common stock from $6.88 per share as of June 19, 2012 to $8.64 per share as of October 18, 2012 was primarily due to the assignment of a higher probability for a positive outcome of either an early or late IPO and the greater proximity of both the estimated early and late IPO dates.

March 2013 Stock Option Grants.     Our compensation committee granted options to purchase 572,956 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $8.80 on March 8, 2013. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of March 8, 2013, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of December 31, 2012. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $8.80 as of December 31, 2012. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between December 31, 2012 and March 8, 2013.

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation Method  
    

IPO

     60     Market   

Other possible scenarios

     40     Market   

As greater certainty developed around the expected timing of an IPO, the IPO liquidity event was no longer assigned early and late scenarios. In addition, other possible liquidity event scenarios, such as a strategic merger or sale or a dissolution, were modeled collectively using the OPM due to uncertainties in their timing.

 

  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 20%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 10%.

 

  Ÿ  

Inputs for the OPM calculation:

 

  Ÿ  

A risk-free interest rate of 0.2%.

 

  Ÿ  

An expected life, or time until a liquidity event, of 1.1 years.

 

  Ÿ  

An expected volatility yield of 47% based on historical trading volatility for our comparable guideline companies.

 

  Ÿ  

A dividend yield of 0%.

The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $8.64 per share as of December 12, 2012 to $8.80 per share as of March 8, 2013 was primarily due to the use of a lower lack of marketability discount resulting from the greater proximity of the estimated IPO date. This was slightly offset by lower market valuations of the guideline companies used in determining total equity value.

 

65


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset.

We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions within our global operations in income tax expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 allows an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in member’s equity. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively and is effective for annual or interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with early adoption permitted. We adopted ASU 2011-05 effective January 1, 2011 and retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-05 for all periods presented.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” ASU 2011-04 represents the converged guidance of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board on fair value measurement and has resulted in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning of the term “fair value”. ASU 2011-04 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted ASU 2011-04 effective January 1, 2012 and retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-04 for all periods presented.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which is intended to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50%. ASU 2011-08 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted ASU 2011-08 effective for the year ended December 31, 2012. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which requires entities to provide information about the

 

66


Table of Contents

amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, ASU 2013-02 requires presentation, either on the face of the income statement or in the notes, of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by respective line items of net income, but only if the amounts reclassified are required to be reclassified in their entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about these amounts. We prospectively adopted ASU 2013-02 effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statement presentation.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our revolving line of credit which are subject to a variable interest rate. At March 31, 2013, we had borrowings under our revolving line of credit of $3.3 million. As a result, each change of one percentage point in interest rates would result in an approximate $33,000 change in our annual interest expense on our outstanding borrowings at March 31, 2013. Any debt we incur in the future may also bear interest at variable rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

With international operations, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve, and if our exposure increases, adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates could have a material adverse impact on our financial results. Historically, our primary exposures have been related to non-U.S. dollar denominated operating expenses in the United Kingdom, Europe and Australia. As a result, our results of operations would generally be adversely affected by a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to these foreign currencies. However, based on the size of our international operations and the amount of our expenses denominated in foreign currencies, we would not expect a 10% decline in the value of the U.S. dollar from rates on March 31, 2013 to have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations. Substantially all of our sales contracts are currently denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we have minimal foreign currency exchange risk with respect to our revenue.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

67


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions that enable our retailer and manufacturer customers to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales across hundreds of online channels. Through our platform, we enable our customers to connect with new and existing sources of demand for their products, including e-commerce marketplaces, such as eBay, Amazon and Newegg, search engines and comparison shopping websites, such as Google, Microsoft’s Bing, and Nextag, and emerging channels, such as Facebook and Groupon. Our suite of solutions, accessed through a standard web browser, provides our customers with a single, integrated user interface to manage their product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions across these channels. Our proprietary cloud-based technology platform delivers significant breadth, scalability and flexibility. In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in gross merchandise value, or GMV, through our platform. As of March 31, 2013, our customers managed over 100 million stock-keeping units, or SKUs, of their inventory on our platform.

We serve customers across a wide range of industries and geographies. As of March 31, 2013, we had nearly 2,000 customers worldwide, including 27% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, as ranked by Internet Retailer magazine based on 2011 sales, up from 16% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, based on 2007 sales, as of December 31, 2007. Our customers include both traditional and online retailers, such as Ann Taylor, eBags.com, J&R Electronics and Jos. A. Bank Clothiers, as well as manufacturers of consumer goods, such as Dell, Dooney and Bourke, Lenovo, Sony and Under Armour.

E-commerce has grown significantly over the last several years, as consumers have increasingly shifted their retail purchases from traditional brick and mortar stores to online stores and marketplaces. According to Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, an industry research firm, e-commerce consumer spending in the United States, Europe, Asia-Pacific and Latin America is expected to grow from $534 billion in 2011 to $1.1 trillion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 15%. This growth has been due to a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the availability of a broader selection of merchandise online;

 

  Ÿ  

consumer convenience and ease of use;

 

  Ÿ  

more competitive and transparent pricing;

 

  Ÿ  

increased functionality and reliability of e-commerce websites;

 

  Ÿ  

the emergence of mobile connected devices and specialized websites; and

 

  Ÿ  

the proliferation of online distribution channels.

As a result of these factors, consumers today have more options than ever before to discover, research and purchase products online.

While these e-commerce growth drivers create significant opportunity for retailers and manufacturers, they also create additional complexity and challenges. Retailers and manufacturers seeking new avenues to expand their online sales must manage product data and transactions across hundreds of highly fragmented online channels where data attributes vary, requirements change frequently and the pace of innovation is rapid and increasing.

 

68


Table of Contents

We address these challenges by offering retailers and manufacturers SaaS solutions that enable them to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales on a unified platform across these disparate online channels. We generate revenue from our customers’ access to and usage of our SaaS solutions, which are organized into modules. Each module integrates with a particular type of channel, such as third-party marketplaces, paid search or comparison shopping websites, or supports specific online functionality aimed at customers wanting to establish their own e-commerce presence or enhance the effectiveness of their existing storefronts, such as creating webstores or employing rich media solutions on their websites. Using our solutions, customers can:

 

  Ÿ  

connect with new channels and more easily integrate with channels they already use;

 

  Ÿ  

access emerging online sources of consumer demand, such as social networks and mobile devices;

 

  Ÿ  

adapt to the frequently changing policies and requirements of each channel;

 

  Ÿ  

manage real-time inventory allocation and availability across channels;

 

  Ÿ  

implement dynamic pricing and promotion strategies across channels;

 

  Ÿ  

efficiently manage, evaluate and optimize customer traffic to their own e-commerce websites;

 

  Ÿ  

more easily sell into new geographic territories worldwide;

 

  Ÿ  

reduce dependence on in-house information technology staff and avoid significant up-front capital expenses; and

 

  Ÿ  

access in real-time the latest product and software upgrades that we regularly release on our SaaS platform to keep up with the rapid pace of change and innovation in the market.

We derive our revenue primarily from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is usually one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and is based on a specified minimum amount of GMV that a customer expects to process through our platform. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through our platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV amount. We believe that our subscription fee pricing model aligns our interests with those of our customers. We also receive implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training.

Industry Background

Large, growing and global e-commerce market

E-commerce is a large and global market that continues to expand as retailers and manufacturers continue to increase their online sales. Forrester estimates that e-commerce consumer spending in the United States, Europe, Asia-Pacific and Latin America will increase from $534 billion in 2011 to $1.1 trillion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 15%.

Increasing complexity and fragmentation for retailers and manufacturers selling online

E-commerce is an increasingly complex and fragmented market due to the hundreds of channels available to retailers and manufacturers and the rapid pace of change and innovation across those channels. Historically, a retailer or manufacturer might have simply established an online storefront and used a basic paid search program to drive traffic to its website. Today, in order to gain consumers’ attention in a more crowded and competitive online marketplace, many retailers and an increasing number of manufacturers sell their merchandise through multiple online channels, each with its own rules, requirements and specifications. In addition, retailers and manufacturers often seek to sell their products in multiple countries, each with its own local consumer preferences and behaviors.

 

69


Table of Contents

Several significant trends have contributed to this increasing complexity and fragmentation, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Emergence and growth of online third-party marketplaces.     Third-party marketplaces, which are marketplaces that aggregate many sellers, are an increasingly important driver of growth for a number of large online retailers. Some of these marketplaces, such as Amazon, offer products from their own inventory, known as first-party products, as well as products sold by others, known as third-party products; other marketplaces, such as eBay, offer only third-party products. Amazon has reported that third-party products represented 39% of its total paid units sold in the fourth quarter of 2012, up from 36% in the fourth quarter of 2011. In addition, several of the largest traditional brick-and-mortar retailers, including Wal-Mart, Best Buy, Sears and Tesco, have incorporated third-party marketplaces into their online storefronts, allowing other retailers and manufacturers to market their products to consumers they might not otherwise reach.

 

  Ÿ  

Mainstream adoption of mobile devices for e-commerce .     Adoption of mobile internet-enabled devices, such as smartphones and tablets, continues to increase rapidly. According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, a market research firm, the number of smartphones shipped by vendors worldwide is expected to increase from 494.4 million in 2011 to 1.3 billion by 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 21%. This increase in penetration of internet-enabled mobile devices coincides with a similar increase in mobile commerce. According to Forrester, mobile commerce is expected to grow from $6 billion, or 2% of all e-commerce, in 2011 to $31 billion, or 7% of all e-commerce, in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 39%. Additionally, mobile devices enable new consumer shopping behaviors, such as in-store barcode scanning to find online promotions, better pricing or alternative products, a practice commonly known as “showrooming.” While benefiting consumers by increasing the transparency and accessibility of e-commerce, this proliferation of mobile devices and mobile commerce requires retailers and manufacturers to build additional device-specific optimization and functionality into their sites, increasing the complexity of managing their online presences.

 

  Ÿ  

Growth of additional online consumer touch points.     As consumers have moved more of their shopping and product discovery online, paid search and comparison shopping sites have emerged as key influencers and important points of product research for consumers making purchase decisions. ZenithOptimedia, a market research firm, estimates that advertising dollars spent on paid search will grow from $11.4 billion in 2011 to $16.9 billion in 2014, a compound annual growth rate of 14%.

 

  Ÿ  

Global growth in e-commerce driving opportunities for international selling.     The growth in e-commerce globally presents an opportunity for retailers and manufacturers to engage in international sales. For example, eBay has reported that its international sales volume has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 20% over the last three years. As of December 31, 2012, eBay and Amazon maintained an aggregate of 40 international websites. However, country-specific marketplaces are often the market share leaders in their regions, as is the case for MercadoLibre in much of Latin America and Alibaba in Asia. Retailers and manufacturers seeking to increase international e-commerce often need to extend their online presence to include a variety of these international channels.

 

  Ÿ  

Widespread use of social networking and commerce applications.     Consumer adoption of social networking and commerce applications has grown dramatically. Facebook, for example, reported over one billion monthly active users as of December 31, 2012, up from 197 million as of March 31, 2009. Likewise, Groupon has reported that revenue from Groupon Goods, its service that sells discounted merchandise, increased from $19 million in the first quarter of 2012 to $225 million in the fourth quarter of 2012. The rapid growth of social networking and commerce applications provides a nascent but potentially valuable channel through which retailers and manufacturers can connect to consumers.

 

70


Table of Contents

Challenges with alternative e-commerce solutions

The fragmentation and increasing complexity of e-commerce channels is placing greater demands on retailers and manufacturers that seek to grow their online sales. These retailers and manufacturers need solutions that will enable them to easily integrate their product offerings and inventory across multiple online channels. Traditional solutions, however, typically suffer from several limitations, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

In-house solutions are costly and may be slow to adapt to industry change and innovation.     To keep up with the pace of change and innovation of online channels, retailers and manufacturers that rely on in-house capabilities are required to invest in and maintain significant technological infrastructure, human resources and industry relationships. Successful in-house solutions typically require long periods of setup time and substantial up-front capital expenditures by the seller to procure hardware, as well as significant ongoing expense to maintain the infrastructure and staff necessary to keep these systems running effectively. For smaller retailers and manufacturers, these up-front investments and ongoing costs can be prohibitively expensive.

 

  Ÿ  

Point solutions are limited in functionality and channels supported.     There are numerous narrowly tailored, or point, solutions available for retailers and manufacturers to help them manage single online channels or a single category of channels, but these point solutions often do not address the needs of retailers and manufacturers seeking to manage pricing and inventory across multiple channels through a single, unified platform. For example, there are a number of search engine marketing firms that manage paid search programs on behalf of retailers, but those firms typically do not help retailers integrate with third-party marketplaces or comparison shopping sites. Similarly, existing marketplace integration vendors may not offer solutions for other online channels. Without a single, integrated platform that connects with a broad array of channels, retailers and manufacturers must work with disparate point solutions, which is often inefficient and difficult to manage.

 

  Ÿ  

Solutions provided by the channels are not aligned with customers’ broader online goals .     Most online channels offer their own solutions that help retailers and manufacturers connect with their specific channel and provide basic inventory control and data reporting functionality. By their very nature, however, these solutions are not channel independent and cannot help customers coordinate or optimize their online sales across the multiple online avenues available to them. As with point solutions, retailers and manufacturers must work with disparate third-party providers to connect with a broad array of channels, which requires significant time and costs.

Increasing recognition of the benefits of SaaS solutions

Enterprises are increasingly using SaaS solutions to manage critical elements of their businesses, including e-commerce. Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, an industry research firm, estimates that the total worldwide cloud SaaS market will grow from $13.4 billion in 2011 to $32.2 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 19%, and that sales of e-commerce enablement services will grow from $4.8 billion in 2011 to $9.0 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 13%. SaaS solutions generally offer customers several distinct advantages over traditional in-house models, known as on-premises solutions, including lower upfront and ongoing costs, faster speed of implementation and less reliance on internal IT staff.

The ChannelAdvisor Solution

Our suite of SaaS solutions allows our customers to more easily integrate, manage and optimize their online sales across hundreds of available channels through a single, integrated platform. Our

 

71


Table of Contents

suite of solutions includes a number of individual offerings, or modules. Each module integrates with a particular type of channel, such as third-party marketplaces, paid search or comparison shopping websites, or supports specific online functionality aimed at customers wanting to establish their own e-commerce presence or enhance the effectiveness of their existing online storefronts, such as creating webstores or employing rich media solutions on their websites. Using our cloud-based platform, customers can connect to multiple, disparate channels through a single, user-friendly solution instead of separately integrating with each channel. We provide a single code base and multi-tenant architecture, which means that all of our customers operate on the same version of our software and we do not customize our products for individual customers. We provide our customers with access to new and existing online channels and new sources of demand for their products, which can ultimately lead to increased revenue for our customers.

We believe our suite of solutions offers the following key benefits for our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

Single, fully integrated solution .     Through our SaaS platform, we provide our customers with a single web-based interface as the central location for them to control, analyze and manage their online sales across hundreds of available channels and multiple geographies. This unified view enables our customers to more cost-effectively manage product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions across channels based on the customer’s specified rules and performance metrics in order to drive traffic and increase revenue.

 

  Ÿ  

Reduced integration costs, time to market and dependence on in-house resources .     Customers can more easily and quickly introduce their products, both to channels on which they already have a presence and to new channels, without the costs related to installing and maintaining their own hardware and software infrastructure. A customer’s initial installation and integration of our solutions can often be completed in less than two months, with additional modules of our software generally available immediately without incurring significant additional resources to integrate. We manage and host our solutions on behalf of our customers, thereby reducing the customer’s cost and dependency on dedicated IT staff or on-premises systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalable technology platform .    In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in GMV through our platform and as of March 31, 2013, our customers managed over 100 million SKUs of their inventory on our platform. We believe that the scalability of our platform allows us to quickly and efficiently support an increasing number of product listings and transactions processed through our platform as we add new customers, integrate new channels and accommodate seasonal surges in consumer demand.

 

  Ÿ  

Flexibility to adapt and instantaneous access to our most up-to-date capabilities .      Channels are frequently updating their product information requirements, policies, merchandising strategies and integration specifications, requiring customers to frequently revise their product listings, attributes, business rules and possibly even their overall online business strategies. Without the ability to quickly adapt to these changes, customers risk losing revenue. Through our single code base and multi-tenant architecture, we provide the latest channel updates through regular product upgrades. When we develop and deploy new features, functions and capabilities, or make changes to keep up with the changing priorities and requirements of each channel, our customers simultaneously benefit from those new capabilities and changes.

 

  Ÿ  

Robust data and reporting analytics .     Through our robust data and reporting analytics, we provide our customers with insight into the latest channel and consumer trends and general product performance. Our dashboards highlight sales trends, top performing products, seller reputation and repricing activity, among other key performance indicators, and alert customers to issues and errors in product listings. These capabilities provide actionable insights that allow

 

72


Table of Contents
 

customers to evaluate and, if necessary, improve the efficiency of their business rules on existing or new channels.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

 

  Ÿ  

Industry leader with trusted reputation and long-term channel relationships .    We believe that we are regarded as a trusted expert on the e-commerce industry. We publish industry data and analyses through blogs that are followed and often cited by prominent industry analysts and major national publications, including Thomson Reuters, The Wall Street Journal, Bloomberg and The New York Times. We believe our thought leadership position not only reinforces the value of our brand for potential customers but also allows us to offer our existing customers differentiated insights that help them adapt to the rapidly and continuously changing e-commerce landscape. We have thousands of customers and we also maintain close working relationships with the major channels, including Amazon, eBay and Google. These relationships often provide us early visibility into upcoming changes that are important to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel independence .    Unlike the integration and listings management solutions offered by individual channels or competitive third-party solutions that support only one channel or category of channels, our solutions do not favor any particular group of channels or any one channel over others. As a result, we are more independent and therefore focus primarily on providing solutions to our customers to enable them to maximize their GMV processed through our platform, regardless of which channel benefits from the increased GMV. This independence also allows us to continuously add new channels that will help to increase our customers’ online sales, without having to specifically consider the impact on other existing channels of our adding a new channel. We believe that our pricing model, under which a portion of our revenue is dependent upon the amount of GMV processed through our platform, aligns our interests with those of our customers, regardless of the specific channels they choose.

 

  Ÿ  

Network effects from breadth of channel relationships and size of customer base .    We enable our customers to connect with over 200 online channels, including well-known, global companies such as Amazon, eBay, Google, Bing, Yahoo! and Facebook, as well as many emerging, specialty retail and geographically focused companies, such as La Redoute, Buscapé and TradeMe. We believe the breadth of channels that we support attracts customers to our solutions. As our customer base has grown, we have also experienced increased demand from channels seeking to be integrated with our platform. We believe the demands of our customers for access to new online channels, and the demands of online channels for access to new retailers and manufacturers, reinforce each other and enhance the value of our solutions.

 

  Ÿ  

Economies of scale and resulting cost efficiencies .    We believe that having nearly 2,000 core customers gives us economies of scale across our customer base that enable us to provide services more cost-effectively than retailers and manufacturers who develop and manage their own in-house systems. For example, because of our single code base and multi-tenant architecture, we can leverage our investments in integrations to channels like Amazon and eBay across our entire customer base. We are also able to use a common infrastructure to accommodate spikes in transaction volume.

 

  Ÿ  

Established global presence .    We have established a strong international presence since launching our international operations in 2004. As of March 31, 2013, we had over 500 core customers outside of the United States. Core customers outside the United States accounted for over 20% of our core revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three

 

73


Table of Contents
 

months ended March 31, 2013. We have international offices in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Germany, Australia and Hong Kong. We believe that our international presence enhances our ability to connect customers with demand for their products from a global audience.

Our Growth Strategy

We seek to strengthen our position as a leading provider of solutions that connect retailers and manufacturers with established and emerging online sources of demand for their products. The following are the key elements of our growth strategy:

 

  Ÿ  

Expand our sales force to acquire new customers .    We intend to increase our sales force in order to reach and acquire new customers in existing and new geographies. By increasing investment in our sales and marketing capabilities, we believe that we will be able to further expand our brand among new potential customers, grow our revenue and achieve greater economies of scale.

 

  Ÿ  

Broaden and deepen existing customer relationships .    We intend to expand our sales, marketing and services efforts to help our customers increase their overall GMV processed through our platform by taking full advantage of the functionality of our suite of solutions. Typically, new customers initially subscribe to one or two modules that address an immediate need. As our customer service team helps these customers optimize usage of their existing modules, their online businesses often improve and customers look to expand into additional modules within our suite of solutions. Our sales and account management teams are then able to cross-sell additional modules, thereby broadening and deepening our customer relationships.

 

  Ÿ  

Increase our global market presence .    We have already developed a strong international presence, with over 20% of our core revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 generated from customers outside of the United States, and we believe there is significant opportunity for further international growth. We intend to continue our international expansion to attract new international customers and help our existing multinational customers grow their online sales. We plan to expand our existing presence in Europe and the Asia-Pacific region and to establish new operations in Latin America.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand the number of channels supported by our platform .    We intend to continue to build integrations with additional channels, both within the United States and abroad. Although our channel portfolio already includes hundreds of channels, there are a number of large channels with which our solutions are not integrated, such as MercadoLibre in Latin America and Alibaba in Asia. Similarly, we believe that as e-commerce grows in importance, new and innovative online channels for marketing and selling merchandise will continue to emerge. We believe that by selectively adding more channels, we will grow both our customer base and the potential GMV that customers are able to process through our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

Maintain innovation leadership .    We intend to continue to develop and introduce new features and improved functionality to our platform. Key initiatives include developing increased workflow automation, enhanced data analytics and expanded foreign language support. In addition, as the GMV processed through our platform and the number of available channels we support increase, we will continue to invest in our technology so that it remains scalable and reliable.

 

  Ÿ  

Opportunistically pursue strategic acquisitions.     We may opportunistically pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that are consistent with our overall growth strategy. We believe that a selective acquisition strategy could enable us to enhance our product capabilities, gain new customers and accelerate our expansion into new markets.

 

74


Table of Contents

Our Products

Key Elements of the ChannelAdvisor Platform

We automate the workflow through which retailers and manufacturers manage their sales through online channels. Our suite of solutions includes the following key capabilities:

 

  Ÿ  

Inventory and order management .      We provide a single, unified platform for our customers to upload and modify their product catalog data, monitor inventory stock levels and create a single inventory feed that serves multiple available online channels. Managing inventory and order data is the foundation for much of the customer activity on our platform. We offer a variety of ways for customers to enter and modify product data, including through a sophisticated user interface, file exchange and application programming interfaces, or APIs. Our inventory system is capable of scaling across thousands of customers during critical selling periods, such as the year-end holiday season. The flexibility of the system allows each customer to customize the inventory data specific to its products, such as size, color, height and width, and to vary the format of the data to meet the specific requirements of each channel. Our platform provides various features that allow a customer to list products on multiple channels while mitigating the risk of overselling. These features include the ability to allocate inventory across channels, set buffer quantities to avoid overselling and receive automatic updates based on changes to the customer’s inventory.

 

  Ÿ  

Product matching.     Once inventory is loaded into the platform, we provide features that improve our customer’s ability to successfully list its products on the various channels. Depending on the needs of the particular channel, we are able to pre-validate the customer’s data and formats before sending them to the channel, reducing errors caused by poor data quality and thus reducing the time it takes to list products on that channel. On some channels, we employ advanced product-matching algorithms that are designed to accurately place the customer’s product offerings within the channel’s product classification taxonomy.

 

  Ÿ  

Business rules and templates.     Our platform offers tools that enable a customer to develop and manage sophisticated business rules and product listing templates that automatically determine how and when the product will be displayed in each channel. Through a single interface, a customer can utilize these tools to customize product listing descriptions across various channels using different attributes, such as price, time of day and competitive dynamics. For example, a consumer electronics retailer can automatically advertise tens of thousands of products on multiple channels while ensuring real-time accuracy of product availability, optimizing price and managing to specific margin thresholds, all at an individual product level.

 

  Ÿ  

Price optimization.     Our platform provides customers the ability to dynamically price their products across some of our available channels based on a number of factors, such as prices of competitors, margin thresholds and promotions. Prices can vary by channel and, using our sophisticated technology, a customer can automatically update pricing based on the competitive environment. The customer avoids the manual effort of monitoring the competition and changing prices, while preserving the ability to remain price competitive.

 

  Ÿ  

Proprietary reporting and analytics.     We provide proprietary reporting and analytics capabilities that allow our customers to view general product performance and trends affecting their consumer base across multiple channels and to obtain detailed performance data at a channel or SKU level that can be used in a particular online sales campaign. Our dashboards highlight sales trends, top performing products, seller reputation and repricing activity, among other key performance indicators. The dashboards also alert customers to issues or errors, such as data that are in a form inconsistent with the requirements of a particular channel. These capabilities provide actionable insights that allow customers to revise their business rules and listings on a real-time basis with the goal of improving their sales and profitability.

 

75


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Developer ecosystem.     We offer third-party developers of complementary e-commerce solutions access to our platform through APIs. These APIs enable these third-party developers to build connections to our platform that meet their specific needs without requiring us to offer customized software code to them. We currently provide APIs to approximately 70 third-party developers who have integrated their solutions with ours. For example, our API integrates our platform with online storefronts provided by Demandware, another provider of SaaS e-commerce solutions, to further streamline our joint customers’ e-commerce operations.

Individual Modules

We offer our software suite to customers through a series of modules. Generally, each of our modules is priced individually and is integrated with our platform’s underlying inventory management system, templates, rules and reporting systems. The primary modules we offer are:

 

  Ÿ  

Marketplaces .    Our Marketplaces module connects customers to third-party marketplaces, including Amazon, Buy.com, eBay, Groupon, La Redoute, Newegg, Sears.com and TradeMe.

 

  Ÿ  

Comparison Shopping .    Our Comparison Shopping module connects customers to over 100 comparison shopping websites, including Google Shopping, Nextag, PriceGrabber, Shopping.com, TheFind, LeGuide and Kelkoo.

 

  Ÿ  

Paid Search .    Our Paid Search module allows customers to advertise products on search engines such as Google, Bing and Yahoo!. This module utilizes data from our inventory management system and also provides an automated search-term bidding capability so that customers can better manage their online marketing spending.

 

  Ÿ  

Social Campaigns .    Our Social Campaigns module allows customers to publish customized promotional campaigns on Facebook. With this module, customers can promote featured products, seasonal specials, daily deals and new products to educate consumers, increase brand awareness and drive traffic back to their own e-commerce websites. This module also allows customers to include social buttons, such as “Like,” “Share” and “Send,” to encourage interaction and sharing of products with other potential consumers.

 

  Ÿ  

Flex Feeds .    Our Flex Feeds module allows customers to generate and send customized product data feeds to their partners, such as affiliate networks, retargeting vendors, personalization vendors and product review platforms.

We also offer two additional modules aimed at customers that want to establish their own e-commerce storefronts or to enhance the effectiveness of their existing storefronts.

 

  Ÿ  

Webstores .    Our Webstores module offers e-commerce website capabilities and targets smaller customers that seek to establish their own online storefronts, including sites optimized for mobile access. In addition to providing inventory management and search engine optimization for their own websites, customers can add functionality and features made available by third parties, such as product reviews, live chat and checkout capabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Rich Media .    Our Rich Media module provides enhanced media asset management, image zoom, color swatching and video capabilities and is targeted to customers seeking to enhance product merchandising and their consumers’ online experience on their e-commerce websites, thereby improving conversion rates.

Our Customers

As of March 31, 2013, we had nearly 2,000 core customers worldwide, including retail and manufacturer customers across many consumer product categories, and served 27% of the

 

76


Table of Contents

Internet Retailer Top 500 based on 2011 sales. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, our ten largest customers in the aggregate accounted for 7.2% and 6.7% of our total revenue, respectively. No single customer accounted for more than 2% of our total revenue in either of these periods.

The following chart provides a breakdown of our core customer base as of March 31, 2013 by retail category:

 

LOGO

The following chart shows the breakdown of our core customer base as of March 31, 2013 by geography:

 

LOGO

The percentages in the charts above reflect the number of core customers in the specified categories. We assign each customer to one of the retail categories shown in the first chart based on the primary category of merchandise it sells online, even though some customers may sell merchandise in more than one category. We categorize U.S. and international customers based on their billing address.

We also classify our customers into self-service accounts and managed-service accounts. Self-service customers operate our software themselves, while managed-service customers generally outsource most or all of the management of one or more channels to our professional services team, which then operates our software on the customer’s behalf based on instructions provided to us by the customer. Our self-service customers account for a substantial majority of our revenue.

 

77


Table of Contents

Case Studies

The following case studies illustrate how retailers, manufacturers and channels have used our solutions to meet their business objectives.

Dell .    Dell, a multinational technology company that was ranked fifth on the Internet Retailer Top 500 based on 2011 sales, has been a customer since 2008 through its advertising agency, MediaCom. Dell subscribes to our Comparison Shopping module in order to reach potential customers searching on PriceGrabber, Nextag and other websites. Using the Comparison Shopping module, Dell is able to manage and optimize its product advertisements to drive qualified visitors to its websites who are typically already in the market for its products. Our platform powers Dell’s multi-channel strategy by providing robust capabilities for transforming the data from Dell’s inventory feeds into highly visible advertisements across comparison shopping sites while ensuring accuracy of product pricing and availability. Dell initially used our solutions for its advertising initiatives in North America but subsequently expanded its relationship with us to manage additional comparison shopping channels in Europe and Latin America.

ReCellular .    ReCellular, a seller of used cell phones and portable electronics, has been a customer since 2010, when it initially subscribed to our Marketplaces and Webstores modules. Following its sales growth on Amazon and eBay during 2011 and 2012, as measured by the amount of GMV processed through our platform, ReCellular has expanded to additional marketplaces. With the objective of increasing revenue and driving high-quality, direct traffic to its online storefront already managed using our Webstores module, ReCellular also subscribed to our Comparison Shopping module in late 2010 and our Paid Search module in 2011.

Littlewoods Clearance .    Littlewoods Clearance is a subsidiary of Shop Direct Group, a retail holding company based in the United Kingdom that was ranked seventh on the Internet Retailer Top 400 Europe based on 2011 sales. It sells surplus merchandise from within the Shop Direct Group and has been a customer since 2007. Littlewoods Clearance runs the Bargain Crazy website, Very Clearance eBay store, Littlewoods Clearance eBay store and an Amazon store. Littlewoods Clearance subscribes to our Comparison Shopping module and a premium version of our Marketplaces module, helping to manage its inventory and sales across multiple channels from one dashboard within our platform. During the year ended December 31, 2012, Littlewoods Clearance’s sales on eBay through our premium Marketplaces module increased by 33%, as compared to 2011. In October 2012, we won the Retail Systems Award for “Online Technology Vendor 2012” after having been nominated by Littlewoods Clearance.

Barratts Trading .    Barratts Trading, an operator of retail shoe stores in the United Kingdom and Ireland, has been a customer since 2008. Barratts subscribes to our Marketplaces module to manage its inventory and sales on eBay and Amazon. Using our platform, Barratts has been able to reduce its expenditures for information technology support while increasing its marketing efficiency. During the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior year, Barratt’s increased the amount of GMV sold on eBay and processed through our platform by over 170%, while increasing the amount of GMV sold on Amazon and processed through our platform by over 140% during 2012. Barratts expects to use our Marketplaces module to expand its sales on eBay in Australia.

Newegg .    Newegg, an online consumer electronics retailer that was ranked 13th on the Internet Retailer Top 500 based on 2011 sales, has been a channel partner since February 2012. Newegg has expanded its breadth of product selection by accessing our retailer and manufacturer customer base to offer new categories of merchandise on their third-party marketplace. From the launch of our relationship in April 2012 through December 31, 2012, the GMV generated by ChannelAdvisor sellers on Newegg has maintained an average weekly growth rate of over 9%.

 

78


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Our sales team is responsible for acquiring new customers and growing our relationships with existing customers. Our sales team is divided geographically into North America; Europe, Middle East and Africa; and Asia-Pacific. Within each of these three regions, we further divide our sales representatives into teams that focus on specific accounts depending on customer attributes, such as annual revenue, transaction volume, brand recognition and general e-commerce experience. As of March 31, 2013, we had a total sales staff of 201 employees, with 125 based in the United States and the remainder based in Europe and Australia.

We market our solutions through a variety of means, including trade shows, special events, blogs, webinars, white papers and email marketing. Our co-founder and chief executive officer, Scot Wingo, maintains a blog called eBay Strategies, which has evolved into a widely followed source of general e-commerce analysis and data. We also publish a widely followed report of monthly overall growth performance by various channels, which we call our same store sales, or SSS, report.

Our signature marketing events are our annual ChannelAdvisor Catalyst conferences, which we started in 2001 and are now held in the United States and in Europe. These conferences are our opportunity to connect directly with hundreds of existing and prospective customers and channels. We also frequently hold webinars for our customers and prospects. Our webinars are generally educational in nature and focus on helping our customers maximize their e-commerce performance.

Relationships with Channels

Our solutions benefit the online channels by helping them to attract new retailers and manufacturers that would otherwise be more difficult, time-consuming and costly to acquire and integrate, as well as to provide their own consumers with greater selection and more accurate and up-to-date product information. Accordingly, the channels are often motivated to work closely with us to facilitate our ability to connect our customers to their systems. Because we have thousands of customers, we maintain close working relationships with the major channels, including Amazon, eBay and Google, which we believe often provide us early visibility into upcoming changes that are important to our customers. Channels will often refer prospective customers directly to us. In most cases, however, we do not have formal agreements with the channels and we use the same APIs that they make available directly to retailers.

Services and Support

In addition to our products, we offer an array of services to help our customers succeed, from basic launch and training services and advanced training and account reviews, to fully outsourced professional management for our managed-service customers. Our customer service team is responsible for ensuring that new customers are sufficiently trained and ready to use our software as well as providing ongoing customer support. We provide our customers an online community, online help, tutorial videos and product documentation. We also monitor the progress of our customers, especially those in their first year of using our solutions, against specified milestones, with the goal of maximizing customer retention by proactively engaging customers if they are not meeting important performance milestones that, in our experience, indicate a lack of customer success. Our customer service team also interacts with our managed-service customers on a regular basis, discussing goals and results, and, as appropriate, the tactical and strategic changes needed to achieve those goals.

Our Technology Platform

We have developed our proprietary technology platform over more than a decade with a focus on delivering industry-leading breadth, scalability, reliability and flexibility. Our platform has always been

 

79


Table of Contents

cloud-based and SaaS, with a single code base and multi-tenant software architecture. Because of this, there is no need for our customers to download, install or upgrade software.

We develop our software using agile software development methodologies, which allow us to rapidly iterate by developing small, incremental changes that are continuously integrated into our code base. We generally release new versions of our software approximately every 30 days, except during the year-end holiday season. Through our single code base and multi-tenant software architecture, our customers benefit from our new capabilities simultaneously. We do not need to maintain multiple versions of our software code for different customers.

We physically host our platform in two secure third-party data center facilities located in North America. We deploy both hardware we own and hardware we lease, including servers, networking systems and storage systems, in these data center facilities. We use hardware and software virtualization to maximize the utilization we achieve from our hardware systems. The data center facilities are biometrically secured, environmentally controlled and redundantly powered. We employ system security, including firewalls, encryption technology and antivirus software, and we conduct regular system tests and vulnerability and intrusion assessments. In the event of failure, we have engineered our systems with backup and recovery capabilities designed to provide for business continuity within each data center. We also make use of third-party cloud-based systems, such as content delivery networks, to push some of our storage and processing into the cloud.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancing the architecture of our technology platform, creating additional functionality for our customers, enhancing our external developer APIs and maintaining and extending the various points of integration we have to the online channels we support. As of March 31, 2013, we had a total of 71 employees engaged in research and development functions.

Competition

The market for products that help retailers and manufacturers reach online consumers is competitive. The competitive dynamics of our market are unpredictable because it is in an early stage of development, rapidly evolving, fragmented and subject to potential disruption by new technological innovations and the ability of channels to compete with us or make changes to which we need to rapidly adapt.

Several competitors provide solutions that compete with some of the capabilities of our platform, including those who provide software or services to connect retailers and manufacturers with one or more online channels. We also compete with in-house solutions used by retailers and manufacturers that elect to build and maintain their own proprietary integrations to online channels. In addition, we compete with the channels themselves, which typically offer software tools, often for free, allowing retailers and manufacturers to connect to them.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include:

 

   

industry expertise and thought leadership;

 

   

relationships with leading online channels;

 

   

relationships with leading retailers and manufacturers;

 

   

channel independence;

 

   

breadth of online channels supported;

 

80


Table of Contents
   

integration of capabilities;

 

   

proven and scalable technology; and

 

   

brand awareness and reputation.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to all of these factors.

Intellectual Property

Our ability to protect our intellectual property, including our technology, will be an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We protect our intellectual property through trade secrets law, patents, copyrights, trademarks and contracts. Some of our technology relies upon third-party licensed intellectual property.

We have two patent applications pending in the United States and one patent application pending in Brazil. We expect to apply for additional patents to protect our intellectual property and will review whether pursuing patent protection in other countries is appropriate. We own a U.S. trademark registration for ChannelAdvisor.

In addition to the foregoing, we have established business procedures designed to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, including the use of confidentiality agreements and assignment-of-inventions agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business.

Government Regulation

The legal environment of the internet is evolving rapidly in the United States and elsewhere. The manner in which existing laws and regulations will be applied to the internet in general, and how they will relate to our business in particular, both in the United States and internationally, are often unclear. For example, we often cannot be certain how existing laws will apply in the e-commerce and online context, including with respect to such topics as privacy, pricing, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, content regulation, quality of products and services and intellectual property ownership and infringement. Furthermore, it is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as sales and other taxes and personal privacy will apply to the internet, as many of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the internet or e-commerce. It is also unclear how the laws that do reference the internet will be interpreted by courts, which may impact their applicability and scope. Compliance may be costly and may require us to modify our business practices and product offerings. In addition, it is possible that governments of one or more countries may seek to censor content available on the websites of our customers or may even attempt to completely block access to those websites. Noncompliance or perceived noncompliance could also subject us to significant penalties and negative publicity. Accordingly, adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our business.

Customers load product information and other content onto our platform, generally without any control or oversight by us, at which point we may legally be considered to be the distributor of that content. This presents legal challenges to our business and operations, such as rights of privacy or intellectual property rights related to the content loaded onto our platform. Both in the United States and internationally, we must monitor and comply with a host of legal concerns regarding the content loaded onto our platform. The scope of our liability for third-party content loaded to our platform for delivery to various online e-commerce channels may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and may vary depending on the type of claim, such as privacy, infringement or defamation claims. Our ability to employ processes to quickly remove infringing or offending content from our platform, for example, is an important tool in protecting us from exposure for the potentially infringing activities of our users

 

81


Table of Contents

worldwide. We also incorporate protections in customer contracts that allow us to take steps, if needed, to limit our risk regarding much of the content loaded onto, and collected by, our platform and solutions.

Numerous laws and regulatory schemes have been adopted at the national and state level in the United States and internationally that have a direct impact on our business and operations. These laws include, but are not limited to, the following:

Copyright and trademark .    The Copyright Act of 1976 and the statutes and regulations associated with copyrights and trademarks and enforced by the United States Patent and Trademark Office are intended to protect the rights of third parties from infringement. Using our automated service, customers can generally upload any content they designate for use with our solutions. We maintain an active copyright and trademark infringement policy and respond to take-down requests by third-party intellectual property right owners that might result from content posted by our customers using our solutions. As our business expands to other countries, we must also respond to regional and country-specific intellectual property considerations, including take-down and cease and desist notices in foreign languages, and we must build infrastructure to support these processes. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, also applies to our business. This statute provides relief for claims of circumvention of copyright-protected technologies but includes a safe harbor that is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites that include materials that infringe copyrights or other rights of others. Our copyright and trademark infringement policy is intended to satisfy the DMCA safe harbor in order to reduce our liability for customer-generated materials incorporated into our platform.

Data privacy and security .     Data privacy and security with respect to the collection of personally identifiable information continues to be a focus of worldwide legislation and compliance review. Examples include statutes adopted by the State of California that require online services to report breaches of the security of personal data, and to report to California customers when their personal data might be disclosed to direct marketers. In the European Union, where U.S. companies must meet specified privacy and security standards, the Data Protection Directive requires comprehensive information privacy and security protections for consumers with respect to information collected about them. Compliance requirements include disclosures, consents, transfer restrictions, notice and access provisions for which we may in the future need to build further infrastructure to support. We adhere to the Data Protection Directive’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and comply with the U.S.-E.U. Safe Harbor Framework as agreed to and set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce and the European Union concerning U.S. companies doing business in Europe and collecting personal information from European citizens. Under the Safe Harbor Framework, we post on our website our privacy policies and practices concerning the use and disclosure of user data. Any failure by us to comply with our posted privacy policies, the Safe Harbor Framework, U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, requirements or other privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings by governmental or regulatory bodies that could potentially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In this regard, there are a large number of legislative proposals before the U.S. Congress and various state legislative bodies regarding privacy issues that could affect our business. It is not possible to predict whether or when such legislation may be adopted, and certain proposals, if adopted, could harm our business through a decrease in customers and revenue. These decreases could be caused by, among other possible provisions, the required use of disclaimers or other requirements before prospective buyers can interact with our customers. For example, we have had to work with our customers to comply with the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) (Amendment) Regulations 2011 instituted by the United Kingdom, commonly referred to as the UK Cookie Law, which was designed to protect computer users from technologies identifying their

 

82


Table of Contents

computers and specified activities conducted on those computers without the users’ consent. We use tracking technology to track purchases from our customers through our platform, in order to calculate variable subscription fees owed by our customers, among other things. Prohibiting or inhibiting such tracking could make it difficult or impossible to monitor our variable subscription fees. The interpretation and implementation of processes to comply with the UK Cookie Law continues to evolve, and we cannot predict how any new laws will apply to us or our business. Similar “do not track” legislative proposals have been considered in the United States at the federal level, although none have been enacted to date. If enacted, such legislative proposals could prohibit or restrict the use of certain technologies, including tracking technology.

Unsolicited e-mails and communications .    The CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 and similar laws adopted by a number of states regulate unsolicited commercial e-mails, create criminal penalties for unmarked sexually-oriented material and e-mails containing fraudulent headers and control other abusive online marketing practices. Similarly, FTC guidelines impose responsibilities upon us and our customers for communications with consumers and impose fines and liability for any failure to comply with rules relating to advertising or marketing practices that the FTC may deem misleading or deceptive. The European Union also maintains standards and regulations with respect to communications with consumers that we must comply with as we expand our marketing practices into those countries or with which our customers, utilizing our solutions, must comply. Some ways we seek to comply with these measures include requiring our customers to communicate with their consumers in order to comply with laws concerning spam and unsolicited emails and establishing processes to allow direct receivers of e-mail marketing communications from us to opt out of future communications.

Credit card protections .     We collect credit card data in processing the fees paid to us by our customers, as well as consumer credit card information when our customers use some of our solutions. Several major credit card companies have formed the Payment Card Industry Council, or PCI Council, in order to establish and implement security standards for companies that transmit, store or process credit card data. The PCI Council has created the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS. Though the PCI DSS is not law, merchants using PCI Council members to process transactions are required to comply with the PCI DSS, with associated fines and penalties for non-compliance. Elements of the PCI DSS have begun to emerge as law in some states, however, and we expect the trend to continue as to further laws and restrictions in collecting and using credit card information. Most of our solutions, to the extent they involve the collection of consumer credit card information, are PCI DSS compliant. Our system for accepting credit card payments from our international customers is not currently PCI DSS compliant, but we are working on modifying it so that it will be. Our lack of PCI DSS compliance in this area of our business has not had a material impact on our revenues to date, and we are planning to be fully PCI DSS compliant by the end of the second quarter of 2013. We have also engaged a third-party compliance adviser to assess our compliance with the PCI DSS on an annual basis.

Employees

As of March 31, 2013, we had 432 employees, most of whom are located in the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our principal offices occupy approximately 56,000 square feet of leased office space in Morrisville, North Carolina pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in September 2021. We also maintain sales, service, support or research and development offices in New York, New York; Seattle, Washington; London, England; Limerick, Ireland; Berlin, Germany; Melbourne, Australia; and Hong

 

83


Table of Contents

Kong. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings and we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition.

 

84


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Other Key Employees

The following table sets forth information concerning our directors, executive officers and other key employees, including their ages as of March 31, 2013:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive officers:      

M. Scot Wingo

     44       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Aris A. Buinevicius.

     45       Chief Technology Officer and Director

David J. Spitz

     40       President and Chief Operating Officer

John F. Baule

     49       Chief Financial Officer

S. Scott Alridge

     41       General Counsel and Secretary
Other key employees:      

Ryan C. Walsh

     36       Vice President, Sales

Suzanne T. Miglucci

     52       Chief Marketing Officer

Tat H. Ng

     49       Vice President, Engineering

Brad R. Schomber

     39       Vice President, Finance
Non-employee directors:      

Timothy J. Buckley.

     61       Director

Robert C. Hower

     48       Director

Patrick J. Kerins

     57       Director

Louis J. Volpe

     63       Director

Timothy V. Williams

     63       Director

Executive Officers

M. Scot Wingo

Mr. Wingo is a co-founder of our company and has served as our chief executive officer and chairman of our board of directors since our inception in 2001. Prior to founding ChannelAdvisor, he served as general manager of GoTo Auctions, chief executive officer and co-founder of AuctionRover.com, which was acquired by GoTo.com, and as chief executive officer and co-founder of Stingray Software, which was acquired by RogueWave. Mr. Wingo received a B.S. degree in computer science from the University of South Carolina and a M.S. degree in computer science from North Carolina State University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Wingo’s knowledge of our company as one of our co-founders, his reputation as a thought leader in the e-commerce industry and his experience with software companies prior to founding our company allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Aris A. Buinevicius

Mr. Buinevicius is a co-founder of our company and has served as our chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since our inception in 2001. Prior to ChannelAdvisor, he served as director of technology at GoTo Auctions, chief technology officer and co-founder of AuctionRover.com and chief technology officer and co-founder of Stingray Software. Mr. Buinevicius received a B.S. degree in computer science from Iowa State University and an M.S. degree in computer science from North Carolina State University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Buinevicius’s knowledge of our company as one of our co-founders and his technological experience with software companies prior to founding our company allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

 

85


Table of Contents

David J. Spitz

Mr. Spitz has served in a number of capacities with our company since 2006 and currently serves as our president and chief operating officer, a position he has held since 2010. He was an entrepreneur-in-residence at the Aurora Funds, a venture capital firm, from 2005 to 2008. Previously, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Spitz was founder and chief technology officer of WindWire, a mobile marketing company that was acquired by Avesair, where he then served as president until its acquisition by Inphonic in 2003. In 1996 he co-founded, and until 1998 served as chief technology officer of, Netsation, a network management software company acquired by Nortel Networks, where he then served as senior principal technologist until 2000. Mr. Spitz received a B.A. degree in computer science from the University of California, San Diego. He holds three U.S. patents, is past chairman of the North Carolina School of Science and Mathematics Foundation Board and is chair-elect and a member of the executive committee and board of directors of CED, an entrepreneurial support organization for companies in the southeastern United States.

John F. Baule

Mr. Baule has served as our chief financial officer since November 2012. From July 2011 until joining ChannelAdvisor, Mr. Baule consulted for private equity investors on potential education acquisitions and most recently served as interim chief financial officer for INTO, a London-based global education company. From November 2009 to June 2011, he served as chief operating officer and chief financial officer of Apollo Global, an international post-secondary education company. From 2005 to October 2009, he served as chief operating officer and chief financial officer of K12 Inc., a public technology-based education company. From 1999 through 2004, Mr. Baule served as senior vice president of finance and then as chief financial officer for Headstrong, a global consultancy services firm. From 1990 to 1999, Mr. Baule worked for Bristol-Myers Squibb, or BMS. He initially joined BMS’s corporate audit group. He then spent six years with BMS based in the Asia-Pacific region, first as the director of finance for BMS Philippines and then as the regional finance director for BMS Asia-Pacific in Hong Kong. He later served as director of international finance for the BMS Nutritional Division. Mr. Baule began his career working in the audit services practice at KPMG from 1986 to 1990. Mr. Baule received a B.B.A. degree in Accounting from the College of William and Mary, and he is a Certified Public Accountant.

S. Scott Alridge

Mr. Alridge has served as our general counsel since 2002 and as our corporate secretary since 2006. Since 2010, he has also served as our vice president of new markets, a role in which he oversees our Asia-Pacific sales and operations, as well as growth into emerging markets. Prior to ChannelAdvisor, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Alridge served as an in-house attorney for Glenayre Electronics, a public telecommunications company, where he worked on domestic and international transactional and corporate matters. From 1997 to 2000, he served at IBM, working with contracts and negotiations. Mr. Alridge received a B.A. degree from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and a J.D. degree from the Walter F. George School of Law at Mercer University.

Other Key Employees

Ryan C. Walsh

Mr. Walsh has served our company in a number of sales positions of increasing responsibility since 2001, including sales executive, director of strategic accounts, director of sales and, since January 2011, vice president of sales. Prior to ChannelAdvisor, from 2000 to 2001, he served as sales manager for GoTo Auctions. Mr. Walsh received a B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

 

86


Table of Contents

Suzanne T. Miglucci

Ms. Miglucci has served as our chief marketing officer since May 2012. Prior to ChannelAdvisor, from November 2010 to May 2012, she served as senior director of global procurement solution marketing at SAP, a software company. From January 2010 to July 2010, she served as vice president of marketing and business strategy for Trellia Networks, a software company. From 2002 to December 2009, Ms. Miglucci served as vice president of marketing and then vice president of business development for SciQuest, a software company. From 1996 to 2002, she held executive marketing and business development roles at Computer Associates, Arsenal Digital Solutions, which was subsequently acquired by IBM, and MicroMass Communications, a marketing agency. Ms. Miglucci received a B.S. degree from Fitchburg State College and an M.S. degree from Colorado State University.

Tat H. Ng

Mr. Ng has served as our vice president of engineering since October 2010. From 2007 to October 2010, he served as senior vice president of engineering and hosting operations for Rivermine Software, a SaaS-based telecommunications software company subsequently acquired by IBM. From 2003 to 2006, he served as director of engineering for Borland Software, a public software company. Previously, Mr. Ng served in a number of engineering roles for software companies, including ECNet, Sybase and NRM Computer Systems. Mr. Ng holds a B.S. degree in engineering from the University of Arizona.

Brad R. Schomber

Mr. Schomber has served as our vice president of finance since July 2010. He joined ChannelAdvisor in 2006, serving as our controller until July 2009 and then as director of finance until July 2010. From 2002 to 2006, Mr. Schomber served as senior audit manager for Grant Thornton, an accounting firm. He began his career with the accounting firm of Arthur Andersen in 1995, ultimately serving as audit manager. Mr. Schomber holds a B.S. degree from Wake Forest University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Non-Employee Directors

Timothy J. Buckley

Mr. Buckley has served as a director of our company since 2004. Mr. Buckley has served as chief executive officer of Xtium Inc., a provider of virtual hosting and recovery services, since November 2011. From 2003 to 2011, Mr. Buckley served as a consultant to a number of technology companies. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Buckley served as the chief operating officer for Red Hat, a public software company. From 1993 to 1999, Mr. Buckley was senior vice president of worldwide sales at Visio Corporation, a public software application company that was acquired by Microsoft in 2000. He has served on the board of directors of SciQuest, Inc., a public on-demand software company, since March 2010 and currently serves on the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Buckley holds a B.A. degree from Pennsylvania State University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Buckley’s experience as a sales executive and chief operating officer for publicly held companies in the software industry as well as a director of several private companies allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Robert C. Hower

Mr. Hower has served as a director of our company since 2005. Since 2002, Mr. Hower has served as a general partner of Advanced Technology Ventures, or ATV, a venture capital firm, where he is the East Coast lead partner for investments in information technology and is primarily focused on the internet, digital media and software sectors. He currently serves on the board of directors of Acme Packet, Inc., a public communications company. From 2000 to 2002, he served as a director at

 

87


Table of Contents

BancBoston Ventures, Inc., a venture capital firm. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Hower held senior management roles at Priority Call Management through its acquisition by LHS Group, after which he continued as vice president of sales for Europe, the Middle East and Africa until 2000. Mr. Hower’s prior management experience also includes sales and marketing roles at Lotus Development and General Mills. He holds a B.A. degree from Harvard College and an M.B.A. degree from The Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. The board of directors believes that Mr. Hower’s broad investment experience in the information technology industry allows him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Patrick J. Kerins

Mr. Kerins has served as a director of our company since 2007. Since 2006, Mr. Kerins has served as a general partner of New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, a venture capital firm. From 1997 to 2006, he served as a general partner of Grotech Capital Group, a venture capital firm. Prior to Grotech, Mr. Kerins was an investment banker with Alex. Brown & Sons, focusing on high-technology companies. Mr. Kerins currently serves on the boards of directors of Millennial Media, Inc., a public mobile advertising company, and a number of private portfolio companies of NEA and is chairman emeritus of the Mid-Atlantic Venture Association. He received a B.S. degree from Villanova University and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School. The board of directors believes that Mr. Kerins’s broad investment experience in the information technology industry allows him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Louis J. Volpe

Mr. Volpe has served as a director of our company since 2008. Since 2000, Mr. Volpe has served as managing partner of Kodiak Venture Partners, an investment firm, where he leads investment efforts in software and core technology areas. Prior to joining Kodiak, Mr. Volpe served as president, chief operating officer and director of ArrowPoint Communications, which was acquired by Cisco Systems in 2000. Prior to joining ArrowPoint, he served as senior vice president of worldwide sales and marketing and a member of the board of directors of GeoTel Communications, which was acquired by Cisco Systems in 1999. From 1989 to 1994, Mr. Volpe served as senior vice president of marketing and operations for Parametric Technology Corporation. Mr. Volpe holds a B.A. degree from Tufts University and an M.B.A. degree from Boston University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Volpe’s focus on technology and his experience in senior roles and as a director at a variety of companies allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Timothy V. Williams

Mr. Williams has served as a director of our company since November 2012. Mr. Williams most recently served as senior vice president and chief financial officer of Blackbaud, Inc., a public company that provides software and services to non-profit organizations, from 2001 until his retirement in November 2011. From 1994 to 2001, he served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Mynd, Inc., a public provider of software and services to the insurance industry that is now a subsidiary of Computer Sciences Corporation. Previously, Mr. Williams worked at Holiday Inn Worldwide, most recently as executive vice president and chief financial officer. Since 2007, Mr. Williams has served on the board of directors of and as chairman of the audit committee of PROS Holdings, Inc., a public company providing pricing and revenue management software and services. He also serves on the board of directors and as chairman of the audit committee of several private companies. Mr. Williams holds a B.A. degree from the University of Northern Iowa. The board of directors believes that Mr. Williams’s extensive financial, business, management and public software company experience, including as a chief financial officer, and his extensive knowledge of accounting, risk management, general management of software companies, and public company reporting requirements and processes, allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

 

88


Table of Contents

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. Each director is currently elected to the board for a one-year term, to serve until the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders, or until the director’s earlier removal, resignation or death.

Our directors were elected to and currently serve on the board pursuant to a voting agreement among us and several of our largest stockholders. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of which will consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting our entire board and which will serve staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Class I will consist of Messrs. Hower, Volpe and Wingo, and their term will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

Class II will consist of Messrs. Buckley and Kerins, and their term will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

Class III will consist of Messrs. Buinevicius and Williams, and their term will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only upon approval by a majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Buckley, Hower, Kerins, Volpe and Williams, representing five of our seven directors, are “independent directors” as defined under New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, rules.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, the board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

 

89


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Our audit committee reviews our internal accounting procedures and consults with and reviews the services provided by our independent registered public accountants. Our audit committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Williams, Kerins and Volpe, and our board of directors has determined that each of them is independent within the meaning of NYSE listing requirements and the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Mr. Williams is the chairman of the audit committee, and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Williams is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our audit committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee complies with, the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, NYSE listing requirements and SEC rules and regulations. We will continue to evaluate, and we intend to comply with, all future requirements to the extent that they become applicable to our audit committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

appointing and retaining an independent registered public accounting firm to serve as independent auditor to audit our consolidated financial statements, overseeing the independent auditor’s work and determining the independent auditor’s compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

approving in advance all audit services and non-audit services to be provided to us by our independent auditor;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing or compliance matters, as well as for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditor the results of the annual audit and the independent auditor’s review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements; and

 

  Ÿ  

conferring with management and our independent auditor about the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls, the objectivity of our financial reporting and our accounting policies and practices.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee reviews and determines the compensation of all our executive officers. Our compensation committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Buckley and Kerins, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Mr. Kerins is the chairman of the compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our compensation committee satisfies the applicable independence requirements under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with the applicable requirements of, NYSE listing rules and SEC rules and regulations. We will continue to evaluate, and intend to comply with, all future requirements applicable to our compensation committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

establishing and approving, and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding, performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of those goals and objectives and setting, or recommending to the full board of directors for approval, the chief executive officer’s compensation, including incentive-based and equity-based compensation, based on that evaluation;

 

90


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

setting the compensation of our other executive officers, based in part on recommendations of the chief executive officer;

 

  Ÿ  

exercising administrative authority under our stock plans and employee benefit plans;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding director compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis that we may be required from time to time to include in SEC filings; and

 

  Ÿ  

preparing a compensation committee report on executive compensation as may be required from time to time to be included in our annual proxy statements or annual reports on Form 10-K filed with the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of two directors, Messrs. Hower and Williams. Mr. Hower is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee satisfies the applicable independence requirements under, and the functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with the applicable requirements of, NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. We will continue to evaluate, and intend to comply with, all future requirements applicable to our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

assessing the need for new directors and identifying individuals qualified to become directors;

 

  Ÿ  

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

  Ÿ  

assessing individual director performance, participation and qualifications;

 

  Ÿ  

developing and recommending to the board corporate governance principles;

 

  Ÿ  

monitoring the effectiveness of the board and the quality of the relationship between management and the board; and

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing an annual evaluation of the board’s performance.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers and Directors

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.channeladvisor.com . The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Mr. Wingo, our chief executive officer, served as a member of our compensation committee during the year ended December 31, 2012. Mr. Wingo has resigned as a member of this committee. Other than Mr. Wingo, none of our directors who currently serves as a member of our compensation

 

91


Table of Contents

committee is, or has at any time during the past year been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We have not historically paid cash retainers or other compensation with respect to service on our board of directors, except for reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees. In November 2012, upon Mr. Williams joining our board of directors, we entered into an unwritten arrangement with him pursuant to which he will be paid $50,000 annually for his service as a director and an additional $20,000 annually for his service as the chairman of our audit committee. In addition, we awarded to Mr. Williams an option to purchase 15,625 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.64 per share. This option will vest in eight quarterly installments through November 2014, subject to Mr. Williams’s continued service through each applicable vesting date. Other than Mr. Williams, none of our non-employee directors serving as of December 31, 2012 held any options to purchase our common stock.

In March 2013, we entered into an unwritten arrangement with Mr. Buckley pursuant to which he will be paid $50,000 annually for his service as a director. In addition, we awarded to Mr. Buckley an option to purchase 6,250 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.80 per share. This option will vest in four equal quarterly installments through March 2014, subject to Mr. Buckley’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

In March 2013, we also entered into letter agreements with Messrs. Williams and Buckley pursuant to which vesting under the foregoing stock options would be accelerated in full upon a change of control transaction.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2012 by our non-employee directors. Mr. Wingo, our chief executive officer, and Mr. Buinevicius, our chief technology officer, are also directors but do not receive any additional compensation for their services as a director. Messrs. Wingo’s and Buinevicius’s compensation as executive officers is set forth below under “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash

($)
     Option
Awards(1)
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Timothy J. Buckley

     —           —           —           —     

Robert C. Hower

     —           —           —           —     

Patrick J. Kerins

     —           —           —           —     

Louis J. Volpe

     —           —           —           —     

Timothy V. Williams

     10,306         62,066         —           72,371   

 

(1) This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to ASC Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our consolidated financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assumes that the director will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

92


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 by our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Option
Awards(1)

($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)

($)
    All Other
Compensation(3)

($)
    Total
($)
 

M. Scot Wingo

           

Chief Executive Officer(4)

    2012        125,000        —          —          90        125,090   
    2011        125,000        —          —          90        125,090   

John F. Baule

           

Chief Financial Officer(5)

    2012        47,949        662,778        —          389        711,115   

Aris A. Buinevicius

           

Chief Technology Officer(4)

    2012        125,000        —          —          135        125,135   
    2011        125,000        —          —          90        125,090   

David J. Spitz

           

President and Chief Operating Officer

    2012        245,000        100,703        221,125        3,040        569,868   
    2011        215,000        64,359        189,825        2,507        471,691   

S. Scott Alridge

           

General Counsel and Secretary

    2012        200,000        67,197        95,950        3,753        366,900   
    2011        180,000        8,581        63,700        2,273        254,554   

 

(1) This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to ASC Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our consolidated financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assumes that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2) Amounts shown in this column represent the amounts earned and payable under our cash bonus plan for the indicated year.
(3) Consists of company-paid life insurance premiums and company contributions to the officer’s 401(k) plan.
(4) Each of Messrs. Wingo and Buinevicius is also a member of our board of directors but does not receive any additional compensation in his capacity as a director.
(5) Mr. Baule became an executive officer of our company as of November 1, 2012.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2012

The following table provides information with regard to potential cash bonuses paid or payable in 2012 under our performance-based, non-equity incentive plan, and with regard to each stock option award granted to each named executive officer under our equity incentive plans during 2012.

 

          Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan

Awards(1)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
    Exercise or
Base Price of
Option Awards
($/sh)
    Grant Date
Fair Value of
Option Awards
($)
 

Name

  Grant
Date
      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
     
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
       

M. Scot Wingo

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

John F. Baule

    12/12/2012        —          —          —          275,000        8.64        662,778   

Aris A. Buinevicius

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

David J. Spitz

    12/12/2012        —          —          —          31,250        8.64        100,703   
    —          —          155,000        —          —          —          —     

S. Scott Alridge

    6/19/2012        —          —          —          6,250        6.88        21,550   
    12/12/2012        —          —          —          13,750        8.64        45,647   
    —          —          85,000        —          —          —          —     

 

93


Table of Contents

 

(1) There was no threshold amount under the 2012 bonus plan, and payouts were not subject to any maximum. The actual cash bonus awards earned for the year ended December 31, 2012 for the named executive officers are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above.

Outstanding Equity Awards at End of 2012

The following table provides information about outstanding stock options held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2012. All of these options were granted under our 2001 stock plan. None of our named executive officers held restricted stock or other stock awards at the end of 2012.

 

     Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Name

   Exercisable      Unexercisable       

M. Scot Wingo

     —           —          —           —     

John F. Baule

     —           275,000 (6)      8.64         12/12/2022   

Aris A. Buinevicius

     54,687         —          1.60         8/1/2013   

David J. Spitz

     18,750         —          2.24         4/1/2016   
     93,750         —          2.24         12/22/2016   
     90,625         —          2.24         3/3/2018   
     181,640         12,110 (1)      1.60         3/20/2019   
     15,468         7,032 (2)      2.24         3/1/2020   
     108,895         84,765 (3)      2.24         9/30/2020   
     41,016         52,734 (4)      2.24         8/29/2021   
     5,859         25,391 (5)      8.64         10/18/2022   

S. Scott Alridge

     8,125         —          1.60         3/14/2013   
     2,000         —          1.60         7/1/2013   
     7,812         —          1.60         8/1/2013   
     7,812         —          1.60         8/1/2013   
     468         —          1.60         12/18/2013   
     7,812         —          1.60         7/1/2014   
     9,375         —          2.24         7/27/2015   
     7,500         —          2.24         12/22/2016   
     6,250         —          2.24         3/3/2018   
     29,297         1,953 (1)      1.60         3/20/2019   
     13,191         5,996 (2)      2.24         3/1/2020   
     5,468         7,032 (4)      2.24         8/29/2021   
     6,250         —          6.88         6/19/2022   
     1,250         —          8.64         10/18/2022   
     2,343         10,157 (5)      8.64         10/18/2022   

 

(1) The unvested shares underlying this option vest on March 1, 2013, subject to the officer’s continued service at that date.
(2) The unvested shares underlying this option vest in five remaining equal quarterly installments through March 1, 2014, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.
(3) The unvested shares underlying this option vest in seven remaining equal quarterly installments through July 1, 2014, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.
(4) The unvested shares underlying this option vest in nine remaining equal quarterly installments through January 1, 2015, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.
(5) The unvested shares underlying this option vest in 13 remaining equal quarterly installments through January 1, 2016, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.
(6) This option is exercisable immediately, subject to a repurchase right in favor of us, which lapses as the option vests. Accordingly, this column reflects the extent to which the option was vested, as opposed to exercisable, as of December 31, 2012. Twenty-five percent of the shares underlying this option vest on October 30, 2013, and the remainder vests in 12 equal quarterly installments through October 30, 2016, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

 

94


Table of Contents

Stock Option Exercises During 2012

The following table shows information regarding options that were exercised by our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2012. Our named executive officers did not have any stock awards that vested in 2012.

 

            Option Awards       

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on  Exercise (#)
          Value Realized on
Exercise  ($)(1)
 

M. Scot Wingo

     54,687            385,000   

John F. Baule

     —              —     

Aris A. Buinevicius

     —              —     

David J. Spitz

     —              —     

S. Scott Alridge

     —              —     

 

(1) The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of the option represents the amount by which the aggregate market price of the shares of our common stock on the date of the exercise, as calculated using a per share value of $8.64, which is the assumed fair value as of the date of exercise, exceeds the aggregate exercise price of the option, as calculated using a per share exercise price of $1.60.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan during 2012.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not earn any nonqualified deferred compensation benefits during 2012.

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment and in Connection with Change of Control Arrangements

We believe that reasonable severance benefits for our named executive officers are important because it may be difficult for them to find comparable employment within a short period of time following termination of employment. We also believe that it is important to protect our named executive officers in the event of a change of control transaction involving our company, as a result of which such officers might have their employment terminated. In addition, we believe that the interests of management should be aligned with those of our stockholders as much as possible, and we believe that providing protection upon a change of control is an appropriate counter to any disincentive such officers might otherwise perceive in regard to transactions that may be in the best interests of our stockholders.

As a result of these considerations, we have entered into a severance and change of control agreement with each of our named executive officers other than Messrs. Wingo and Buinevicius, our co-founders. Messrs. Wingo and Buinevicius are large stockholders of our company, and our board of directors believes that no severance or change of control arrangements are necessary in order to align their interests with those of other stockholders.

Under the executive severance and change of control letter agreements between us and Mr. Spitz, effective as of July 21, 2009, between us and Mr. Alridge, effective as of July 1, 2009, and between us and Mr. Baule, effective as of November 1, 2012, if the officer is terminated by us other than for cause, or resigns for good reason, in each case as defined in the agreement, he will receive a lump-sum severance payment equal to the sum of (i) three months of his then-current base salary (six

 

95


Table of Contents

months for Mr. Baule), plus an additional one month of base salary for each year of service, up to a maximum of 12 months of base salary, and (ii) one calendar quarter of his then-current bonus compensation, assuming 100% achievement of objectives, plus a prorated share of any then-current quarterly variable compensation calculated at 100% achievement of objectives for the period from the beginning of the calendar quarter to the date of termination. In such cases, Messrs. Spitz, Alridge or Baule, as applicable, would also be entitled to receive monthly payments, for up to 12 months or until he gains new employment, to cover COBRA payments for medical and dental insurance, with such monthly payments increased for the effect of federal and state taxes. Additionally, the officer would be entitled to outplacement services (other than Mr. Baule), up to a specified maximum, three months of acceleration of vesting for all outstanding and unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period for all unexercised stock options until two years after his termination date.

If there is a change of control transaction involving our company, and, within the period beginning six months before and ending one year after the closing of the change of control transaction, we or the acquiring entity terminate the officer’s employment other than for cause, or he resigns for good reason, he would receive each of the payments described above and, in addition, would be entitled to full acceleration of vesting for all outstanding and unvested stock options.

In the event of a change of control transaction that does not result in the termination of Mr. Spitz’s employment within one year thereafter, Mr. Spitz would be entitled to full acceleration of his outstanding and unvested stock options. In the event of a change of control transaction that does not result in the termination of Mr. Alridge’s or Mr. Baule’s employment within six months thereafter, Mr. Alridge or Mr. Baule, as applicable, would be entitled to one year of acceleration of his outstanding and unvested stock options, effective at the closing of the change of control transaction.

Receipt of the benefits described above upon the officer’s termination of employment is contingent upon his signing of a release of claims against us. In addition, Mr. Baule will not be entitled to any of the foregoing benefits until he has been continuously employed by us for a period of one year.

Equity Incentive Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted and we expect that our stockholders will approve prior to the completion of this offering our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2013 plan. We do not expect to issue equity awards under our 2013 plan until after the completion of this offering, at which point no further grants will be made under our 2001 stock plan. No awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under our 2013 plan. Our 2013 plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards and other forms of stock compensation to our employees, including officers, consultants and directors. Our 2013 plan will also provide for the grant of performance cash awards to our employees, consultants and directors.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2013 plan is 1,250,000 shares. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, for a period of ten years, from January 1, 2014 continuing through January 1, 2023, by 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares as may be determined by our board of directors.

Shares issued under our 2013 plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2013 plan that expire or terminate

 

96


Table of Contents

without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2013 plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2013 plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares reacquired by us as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, will become available for future grant under our 2013 plan.

Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer our 2013 plan. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2013 plan to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to designate employees other than officers to receive specified stock awards and determine the number of shares of our common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of our 2013 plan, the administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise price or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the stock award and the terms and conditions of the award agreements for use under our 2013 plan.

The administrator has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2013 plan. Subject to the terms of our 2013 plan, the administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Section 162(m) Limits.     At such time as may be necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may be granted stock awards covering more than 1,875,000 shares of our common stock under our 2013 plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 1,875,000 shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $2,000,000 under our 2013 plan. These limitations enable us to grant awards that will be exempt from the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Performance Awards .    Our 2013 plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To enable us to grant performance-based awards that will qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of specified pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

Corporate Transactions.     Our 2013 plan provides that in the event of a specified corporate transaction, including without limitation a consolidation, merger, or similar transaction involving our company, the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company or the consolidated assets of our company and our subsidiaries, or a sale or disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding capital stock of our company, the administrator will determine how to treat each outstanding stock award. The administrator may:

 

  Ÿ  

arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation;

 

97


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation;

 

  Ÿ  

accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us; or

 

  Ÿ  

cancel the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the stock award.

The administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner. The administrator may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a stock award.

Change of Control.     The administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between us and the participant, that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control. In the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration of the stock award will occur.

Plan Amendment or Termination .    Our board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2013 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2013 plan.

2001 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2001 Stock Plan, or the 2001 plan, in June 2001. The 2001 plan was most recently amended by our board of directors, and the amendment was approved by our stockholders, in November 2012. Our 2001 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and the employees of our subsidiaries, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    There are 3,995,547 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2001 plan. As of March 31, 2013, 593,559 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under our 2001 plan, options to purchase 2,633,717 shares of our common stock were outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $4.96 per share, and 643,509 shares remained available for future grant under our 2001 plan. Effective upon the completion of this offering, no further options or stock awards may be granted under our 2001 plan, but all outstanding stock awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Administration .    Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers our 2001 plan and the option and stock awards granted under it. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2001 plan to our compensation committee.

Corporate Transactions .    Our 2001 plan provides that in the event of a merger of our company with or into another company, or upon the occurrence of specified change of control transactions, each outstanding stock option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor company. If the successor company refuses to assume or substitute equivalent options, then the option will vest in full and would be fully exercisable for a period of 15 days, after which time the unexercised portion of the option would terminate.

 

98


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Currently, we match 50% of each eligible employee’s contributions up to 3% of salary. Employees’ pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions, while our matching contributions are subject to a three-year vesting schedule. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of specified conditions, we are required to advance expenses incurred by a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our non-employee directors as determined by the board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we

 

99


Table of Contents

pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to early termination, the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or officer has entered into with the underwriters.

 

100


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There have been no transactions since January 1, 2010 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.” For a description of severance and change of control arrangements that we have entered into with some of our executive officers, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment and in Connection with Change of Control Arrangements.”

Investor Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investor rights agreement, as amended, with the holders of our preferred stock, including entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Advanced Technology Ventures and Kodiak Venture Partners. The investor rights agreement, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

grants these stockholders specified registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them;

 

  Ÿ  

obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to some of the stockholders who are parties to the investor rights agreement; and

 

  Ÿ  

grants a right of first refusal with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exclusions, which exclusions include the sale of the shares pursuant to this prospectus, to the stockholders who are parties to the investor rights agreement.

For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The provisions of this agreement other than those relating to registration rights will terminate upon completion of this offering. This summary discusses material provisions of the investor rights agreement and is qualified by the full text of the agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Voting Agreement

We have entered into a voting agreement, as amended, with some of our stockholders, including Mr. Wingo, our chief executive officer, Mr. Buinevicius, our chief technology officer, and entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Advanced Technology Ventures and Kodiak Venture Partners. The voting agreement, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

provides for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

provides for the voting of shares with respect to specified transactions approved by our board of directors and the requisite supermajority of holders of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

 

101


Table of Contents

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We have entered into a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, as amended, with some of our stockholders, including Messrs. Wingo and Buinevicius and entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Advanced Technology Ventures and Kodiak Venture Partners. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

grants our investors rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

grants us rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders.

The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board.

In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our non-employee directors. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Related Person Transaction Policy

Prior to this offering, we have not had a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a written related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. The policy will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related-person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In

 

102


Table of Contents

addition, under our Code of Conduct, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

the risks, costs and benefits to us;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact on a director’s independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

  Ÿ  

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

  Ÿ  

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.

The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

 

103


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 2013 for:

 

  Ÿ  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon 14,708,687 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock as of that date into 13,375,171 shares of common stock, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before May 30, 2013, which is 60 days after March 31, 2013. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o ChannelAdvisor Corporation, 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, NC 27560.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares
Beneficially Owned
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
      Before Offering     After Offering

Principal Stockholders:

       

Entities affiliated with Kodiak Venture Partners(1)

     3,619,791         24.3  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(2)

     3,741,805         23.9     

Entities affiliated with Advanced Technology Ventures(3)

     2,759,868         18.4     

M. Scot Wingo(4)

     1,550,394         10.5     

Aris A. Buinevicius(5)

     1,262,940         8.6     

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

John F. Baule(6)

     275,000         1.8     

David J. Spitz(6)

     563,359         3.7     

S. Scott Alridge(6)

     122,015         *     

Timothy J. Buckley

     25,000         *     

Robert C. Hower(3)

     2,759,868         18.4     

Patrick J. Kerins(2)

     3,741,805         23.9     

Louis J. Volpe(1)

     3,619,791         24.3     

Timothy V. Williams

     3,906         *     

All current directors and executive officers as a group(7) (10 persons)

     13,924,078         81.2     

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

104


Table of Contents
(1) Consists of (i) 2,102,725 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 96,901 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Kodiak Venture Partners II-A, L.P.; (ii) 461,736 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 21,277 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Kodiak Venture Partners II-B, L.P.; (iii) 410,880 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 26,344 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Kodiak Venture Partners III, L.P.; (iv) 425,250 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 63,868 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by SKI Opportunities Fund, LLC and (v) 10,160 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 650 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Kodiak III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. The general partner of Kodiak Venture Partners II-A, L.P. and Kodiak Venture Partners II-B, L.P. is Kodiak Ventures Management II, L.P. The general partner of Kodiak Ventures Management II, L.P. is Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc. The general partner of Kodiak Venture Partners III, L.P. and Kodiak III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. is Kodiak Ventures Management III, L.P. The general partner of Kodiak Ventures Management III, L.P. is Kodiak Ventures Management Company (GP), LLC and the general partner of Kodiak Ventures Management Company, LLC is Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc. The general partner of SKI Opportunities Fund, LLC is SKI Opportunities Fund (GP), LLC and the general partner of SKI Opportunities Fund (GP), LLC is Kodiak Ventures Management Company, LLC. David Furneaux and Louis Volpe are the President and Treasurer, respectively, of Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc. and share voting and dispositive power for the shares beneficially held by Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc. The address for these entities is 80 William Street, Suite 260, Wellesley, MA 02481.

 

(2) Consists of (i) 2,763,935 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 975,038 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by New Enterprise Associates 12, Limited Partnership (“NEA12”) and (ii) 2,098 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 734 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held of record by NEA Ventures 2007, L.P. (“Ven 2007”). NEA Partners 12, Limited Partnership (“NEA Partners 12”) is the sole general partner of NEA 12, and NEA 12 GP, LLC (“NEA 12 LLC”) is the sole general partner of NEA Partners 12. The individual Managers (collectively, the “Managers”) of NEA 12 LLC are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Ryan D. Drant, Patrick J. Kerins (a member of our board of directors), Krishna “Kittu” Kolluri, C. Richard Kramlich, Charles W. Newhall III, Mark W. Perry and Scott D. Sandell. The Managers share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares directly held by NEA 12. Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of Ven 2007, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Ven 2007. The principal business address of New Enterprise Associates, Inc. is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093.

 

(3) Consists of (i) 2,341,157 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 249,359 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Advanced Technology Ventures VII, L.P. (“ATV VII”), (ii) 93,948 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 10,005 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Advanced Technology Ventures VII (B), L.P. (“ATV VII-B”), (iii) 45,157 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 4,808 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Advanced Technology Ventures VII (C), L.P. (“ATV VII-C”) and (iv) 13,949 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 1,485 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by ATV Entrepreneurs VII, L.P. (“ATV VII-E” and, together with ATV VII, ATV VII-B and ATV VII-C, collectively, the “ATV VII Entities”). ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., (“ATV A VII”) is the general partner of each of the ATV VII Entities and exercises voting and dispositive authority over the shares held by the ATV VII Entities. Voting and dispositive decisions of ATV A VII are made collectively by Michael A. Carusi, Jean George, Steven N. Baloff, Robert C. Hower (one of our directors) and William C. Wiberg (collectively, the “ATV Managing Directors”). The address for the managing directors and each of these entities is c/o Advanced Technology Ventures, 500 Boylston Street, Suite 1380, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(4) Consists of 54,687 shares of common stock, 1,468,201 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock, and 27,506 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants.

 

(5) Consists of 54,687 shares of common stock, 1,175,881 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock, and 32,372 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants.

 

105


Table of Contents
(6) Consists of shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2013. With respect to options held by Messrs. Spitz and Alridge, the amount also represents the shares vested within 60 days of March 31, 2013. With respect to the option held by Mr. Baule, he does not have investment power over the shares underlying this option.

 

(7) Consists of 160,124 shares of common stock, 11,315,077 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, 1,510,347 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, and 938,530 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2013.

 

106


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our restated certificate, will authorize us to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. As of March 31, 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock, there would have been                  shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held of record by              stockholders.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our restated certificate and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect following the completion of this offering, or our restated bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

All currently outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted automatically into common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

107


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of March 31, 2013, under our 2001 plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 2,633,717 shares of common stock were outstanding. For additional information regarding the terms of this plan, see “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans.”

Warrants

We have outstanding immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 948,896 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.685 per share. Unless exercised, these warrants will expire in accordance with their terms immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and therefore we expect that these warrants will be exercised on a cashless basis for an aggregate of                  shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock that will convert upon completion of this offering into                  shares of common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

We also have outstanding immediately exercisable warrants to purchase an aggregate of 958,019 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $16.00 per share, which warrants expire in April 2014, and immediately exercisable warrants to purchase an aggregate of 658,094 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $10.96 per share, which warrants expire between August 2015 and November 2015.

We also have outstanding the following warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock, which following this offering will be exercisable to purchase an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock:

 

  Ÿ  

an immediately exercisable warrant to purchase 175,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.20 per share, which warrant expires in February 2014 and following this offering will be exercisable for                  shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $        per share;

 

  Ÿ  

immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 487,225 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.685 per share, which warrants expire in

 

108


Table of Contents
 

September 2014, June 2015 and December 2019 and following this offering will be exercisable for                  shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $        per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

an immediately exercisable warrant to purchase 3,150,000 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, which warrant expires in March 2022 and following this offering will be exercisable for                  shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $        per share.

Each of our outstanding warrants has a net exercise provision under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The warrants also contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

We have also granted registration rights to the warrant holders, as more fully described below under “—Registration Rights.”

Registration Rights

We and the holders of our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock have entered into an investor rights agreement. The registration rights provisions of this agreement provide those holders with demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock currently held by them and issuable to them upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering.

Pursuant to the terms of our currently outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock held by entities who are not parties to the investor rights agreement, the holders of the warrants have piggyback registration rights and, in some cases, demand registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of the shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant on the same terms as are set forth in the investor rights agreement.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time beginning 180 days following this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in the aggregate, or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $5,000,000, have the right to demand that we file up to a total of two registration statements. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we are required to effect the registration as soon as reasonably possible. An aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be entitled to these demand registration rights, including the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock underlying currently outstanding warrants.

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of shares of common stock that are issued upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, some holders of shares of our common stock and the holders of our currently outstanding warrants will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to

 

109


Table of Contents

specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. An aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be entitled to these piggyback registration rights.

Registration on Form S-3

At any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, holders of shares of our common stock that are issued upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will be entitled, upon their written request, to have such shares registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement at our expense, provided that such requested registration has an anticipated aggregate offering size to the public of at least $500,000 and subject to other specified conditions and limitations. An aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be entitled to these Form S-3 registration rights.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement will terminate upon the third anniversary of the closing of this offering or, if earlier, with respect to a particular holder, at such time as that holder and its affiliates may sell all of their shares of common stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any restrictions on volume.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

  Ÿ  

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

110


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to specified exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our restated certificate will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate and our restated bylaws will also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of 66 2/3% or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum.

Our restated certificate and restated bylaws will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our restated bylaws will also provide that only our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our restated bylaws will also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

Our restated certificate and restated bylaws will provide that the stockholders cannot amend the provisions described above except by a vote of 66 2/3% or more of our outstanding common stock.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede any attempt to effect a change of control of our company.

 

111


Table of Contents

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in some other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Limited. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol “ECOM.”

 

112


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our common stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

Based on the number of shares outstanding on                     , upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares,                  shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no outstanding options or warrants are exercised. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares sold to our “affiliates,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                  shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if their resale qualifies for exemption from registration described below under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

As a result of contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the shares sold in this offering and the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares sold in this offering and              existing restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

approximately                 restricted shares will be eligible for sale in the public market 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701; and

 

  Ÿ  

approximately                 restricted shares will be eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in some cases to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of our company who owns either restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Non-Affiliates

Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

 

  Ÿ  

the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates;

 

  Ÿ  

we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and

 

  Ÿ  

we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year,

 

113


Table of Contents

including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

Affiliates

Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. They are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after the completion of this offering based on the number of shares outstanding as of                     , 2013; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the                     during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Additionally, persons who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell unrestricted securities under the requirements of Rule 144 described above, without regard to the six month holding period of Rule 144, which does not apply to sales of unrestricted securities.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with some of the restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2001 stock plan and 2013 equity incentive plan. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and the holders of substantially all of our common stock outstanding on the date of this prospectus, including each of our executive officers and directors, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters or otherwise agreed, subject to specified exceptions, that we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, or

 

114


Table of Contents

exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

On the date beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of                  shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and                  shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, as well as additional shares that may be acquired after the completion of this offering, will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

115


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. All prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. In general, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These laws are subject to change and to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as holders that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-qualified retirement plans, holders subject to the alternative minimum tax, holders who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, holders deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents.

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold their common stock through such partnerships. If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally

 

116


Table of Contents

depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partners and partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

Distributions, if any, on our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed

 

117


Table of Contents
 

base maintained in the United States by such non-U.S. holder, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock” also may apply;

 

  Ÿ  

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States); or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest because we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation.” Even if we are or become a U.S. real property holding corporation, provided that our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that holds more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. In such case, such non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned at the time of death by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends. Non-U.S. holders will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to the U.S. withholding tax, as described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other

 

118


Table of Contents

requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Recent Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Recently enacted legislation may impose U.S. federal withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to U.S. holders who own shares of our common stock through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (2) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. In addition, if the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. Under certain transition rules, any obligation to withhold under the legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2015. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

 

119


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

  
  

 

Total

  

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions,

 

120


Table of Contents

will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ECOM.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        , all of which will be paid by us.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and

 

121


Table of Contents

their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Notice to Non-U.S. Investors

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity

 

122


Table of Contents
 

(within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

123


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Reston, Virginia. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to ChannelAdvisor and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.channeladvisor.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

 

124


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December  31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013

     F-33   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

     F-34   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

     F-35   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2013

     F-36   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

     F-37   

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-38   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

March 5, 2013, except for the effect of the reverse stock split described in Note 15, as to which the date is                         .

The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon completion of the reverse stock split described in Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements.

Raleigh, North Carolina

April 25, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    As of
December 31,
 
    2011     2012  
Assets            

Current assets:

   

Cash

  $ 4,998      $ 10,865   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $115 and $191 as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively

    7,677        9,571   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,575        2,589   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    14,250        23,025   

Property and equipment, net

    2,312        4,315   

Goodwill

    16,106        16,106   

Intangible assets, net

    2,038        1,245   

Restricted cash

    886        687   

Other assets

    185        2,644   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 35,777      $ 48,022   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   

Current liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

  $ 1,415      $ 1,269   

Accrued expenses

    3,342        4,650   

Deferred revenue

    5,942        9,750   

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,821        3,370   

Other current liabilities

    47        980   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    15,567        20,019   

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    5        7,602   

Series A and Series C warrants liability

    592        3,235   

Long-term capital leases, net of current portion

    82        1,136   

Other long-term liabilities

    971        1,714   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    17,217        33,706   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

   

Convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 94,069,763 shares authorized, 93,726,013 and 93,821,393 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively; liquidation preference of $18,839 as of December 31, 2012

    18,816        18,887   

Convertible Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 40,641,227 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012; liquidation preference of $18,000 as of December 31, 2012

    17,997        18,000   

Convertible Series B-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,660,378 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012; liquidation preference of $3,000 as of December 31, 2012

    2,999        3,000   

Convertible Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 76,602,988 and 80,000,000 shares authorized, 73,880,351 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively; liquidation preference of $50,608 as of December 31, 2012

    50,601        50,608   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    90,413        90,495   

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

   

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 300,000,000 and 303,500,000 shares authorized, 1,140,569 and 1,240,193 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively

    1        1   

Additional paid-in capital

    2,932        3,584   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (244     (289

Accumulated deficit

    (74,542     (79,475
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (71,853     (76,179
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 35,777      $ 48,022   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

                          Year Ended December 31,                      
   2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Revenue

   $ 36,688      $ 43,570      $ 53,587   

Cost of revenue

     12,164        12,248        14,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     24,524        31,322        38,838   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     14,867        19,106        24,326   

Research and development

     8,416        8,842        10,109   

General and administrative

     6,111        6,551        8,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,394        34,499        42,687   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,870     (3,177     (3,849

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

     (486     (642     (1,185

Other income, net

     744        6        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     258        (636     (1,154
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,612     (3,813     (5,003

Income tax expense (benefit)

     112        51        (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (4.77   $ (3.45   $ (4.23

Pro forma (unaudited):

      

Basic and diluted

       $     

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic and diluted

     989,780        1,120,902        1,164,942   

Pro forma (unaudited):

      

Basic and diluted

      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010                 2011                 2012      
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933

Other comprehensive loss:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (82     70        (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (4,806   $ (3,794   $ (4,978
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          
    (in thousands, except share data)  

Balance, January 1, 2010

    965,185      $ 1      $ 2,313      $ (232   $ (65,954   $ (63,872

Exercise of stock options

    104,120        —          89        —          —          89   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          (52     —          —          (52

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          334        —          —          334   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (4,724     (4,724

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          (82     —          (82
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    1,069,305        1        2,684        (314     (70,678     (68,307

Exercise of stock options

    71,264        —          98        —          —          98   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          (50     —          —          (50

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          200        —          —          200   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (3,864     (3,864

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          70        —          70   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    1,140,569        1        2,932        (244     (74,542     (71,853

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (25,000     —          (193     —          —          (193

Exercise of stock options

    124,624        —          222        —          —          222   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          (15     —          —          (15

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          638        —          —          638   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (4,933     (4,933

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          (45     —          (45
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    1,240,193      $ 1      $ 3,584      $ (289   $ (79,475   $ (76,179
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     3,370        2,061        2,903   

Bad debt expense

     125        71        162   

Deferred income taxes

     41        49        30   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     47        261        5   

Accretion of debt discount

     9        9        372   

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

     334        200        638   

Change in lease incentive obligation

     (88     114        (21

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     39        29        57   

Change in deferred rent

     (100     302        544   

Loss (gain) on disposal of furniture and equipment

     13        (1     —     

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (1,316     (1,537     (1,966

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     94        (809     (1,102

Restricted cash

     (13     —          199   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (82     1,365        381   

Deferred revenue

     1,468        1,911        3,922   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (783     161        1,191   

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (912     (1,723     (2,094
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (912     (1,723     (2,094

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of debt issuance costs

     179        1,000        9,873   

Repayment of debt and capital leases

     (1,487     (1,541     (1,548

Payment of deferred offering costs

     —          —          (1,548

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     89        98        222   

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

     —          —          (193
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (1,219     (443     6,806   

Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash

     (48     64        (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (2,962     (1,941     5,867   

Cash, beginning of year

     9,901        6,939        4,998   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

   $ 6,939      $ 4,998      $ 10,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 413      $ 376      $ 614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 7      $ 18      $ 64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

      

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 52      $ 50      $ 15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ —        $ —        $ 743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued capital expenditures

   $ 729      $ 433      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations entered into for the purchase of fixed assets

   $ —        $ 98      $ 2,014   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of the Business

ChannelAdvisor Corporation (“ChannelAdvisor” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware and capitalized in June 2001. The Company began operations in July 2001. ChannelAdvisor is a provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions that allow retailers and manufacturers to integrate, manage and monitor their merchandise sales across hundreds of online channels. The Company is headquartered in Morrisville, North Carolina and has offices in England, Ireland, Germany, Australia and Hong Kong.

Accumulated Deficit

Since its inception, the Company has incurred substantial losses. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the accumulated deficit was $74.5 million and $79.5 million, respectively. Failure to generate sufficient revenue and income could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve its intended business objectives. The Company has financed its operations primarily through issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock and believes it has adequate cash on hand to fund operations in the near term, but, if required, additional financing may not be available to the Company or available on attractive terms.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 assumes (i) the net exercise as of January 1, 2012 of certain Series C warrants that will expire upon the closing of the IPO to acquire              shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth in the prospectus, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of common stock upon the completion of the IPO as of January 1, 2012 or at the time of issuance, if later, and (iii) the conversion of the Series A and the remaining Series C warrants to common stock warrants as of January 1, 2012. The amounts recorded in 2012 to adjust the Series A and Series C warrants liability to fair value have been added back to net loss to arrive at pro forma net loss per share.

The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma net loss per share provides material information to investors because the net exercise of certain Series C warrants and the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock is expected to occur upon the closing of the IPO and, therefore, the disclosure of pro forma net loss per share provides a measure of net loss per share that is comparable to what will be reported as a public company.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 allows an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The Company adopted ASU 2011-05 effective January 1, 2012 and has retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-05 for all periods presented.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” ASU 2011-04 represents the converged guidance of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) on fair value measurement and has resulted in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning of the term “fair value.” The Company adopted ASU 2011-04 effective January 1, 2012 and has retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-04 for all periods presented.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which is intended to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50%. The Company adopted ASU 2011-08 effective for the year ended December 31, 2012. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment,” which is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of performing an impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets by providing entities an option to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. Specifically, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that fair value of an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2012-02 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to the accounts receivable allowance, the useful lives of long-lived assets and other intangible assets, the fair

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

value of the Company’s common stock and assumptions used for purposes of determining stock-based compensation, income taxes and the fair value of the Series A and Series C warrants, among others. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.

Cash

Cash consists of cash maintained in checking and other operating accounts.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents cash that is not readily available for general purpose cash needs. Restricted cash is classified as a long-term asset based on the timing and nature of when and how the cash is expected to be used or when the restrictions are expected to lapse.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company’s German subsidiary had 0.1 million Euros ($0.2 million) and 10,000 Euros ($13,000), respectively, in escrow with a German bank. This cash is collateral for potential returned debit notes for insufficient funds when the Company draws money from customers’ accounts.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company’s Australian subsidiary had 14,000 Australian Dollars ($14,000 and $15,000, respectively) in escrow with its Australian bank. This cash is set aside as a requirement for leasing the Company’s operating site in Australia.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company had restricted cash of $0.7 million related to its operations in the United States. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, restricted cash of $0.6 million has been used as collateral for potential chargebacks resulting from the Company’s processing of customers’ credit cards. The remaining restricted cash at December 31, 2011 and 2012 relates to cash set aside as a requirement for leasing the Company’s operating sites or for miscellaneous banking activity as required by the Company’s banks.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

The majority of the Company’s revenue is derived from subscription fees paid by customers for access to and usage of the Company’s cloud-based SaaS platform for a specified period of time, which is typically one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and is based on a specified minimum amount of gross merchandise value (“GMV”) that a customer expects to process through the Company’s platform over the contract term. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through the Company’s platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV amount. In addition, other sources of revenue consist primarily of implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training. The Company recognizes revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the service has been provided to the customer, the collection of the fee is reasonably assured and the amount of the fee to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable. The Company’s contractual arrangements include performance, termination and cancellation provisions, but do not provide for refunds. Customers do not have the contractual right to take possession of the Company’s software at any time.

The Company’s arrangements generally contain multiple elements comprised of subscription and implementation services. The Company evaluates each element in an arrangement to determine

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within the Company’s control. The Company’s implementation services are not sold separately from the subscription and there is no alternative use for them. As such, the Company has determined the implementation services do not have standalone value. Accordingly, subscription and implementation services are combined and recognized as a single unit of accounting.

The Company generally recognizes the fixed portion of subscription fees and implementation fees ratably over the contract term. Recognition begins when the customer has access to the Company’s platform and transactions can be processed, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Some customers elect a managed-service solution and contract with the Company to manage some or all aspects of the Company’s SaaS solutions on the customer’s behalf for a specified period of time, which is typically one year. Under these managed-service arrangements, customer transactions cannot be processed through the Company’s platform until the completion of the implementation services. As such, revenue is contingent upon the Company’s completion of the implementation services and recognition commences when transactions can be processed on the Company’s platform, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. At that time, the Company recognizes a pro-rata portion of the fees earned since the inception of the arrangement. The balance of the fees is recognized ratably over the remaining contract term.

The Company recognizes the variable portion of subscription fee revenue in the period in which the related GMV is processed, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are excluded from revenue.

Deferred revenue represents the unearned portion of fixed subscription fees and implementation fees. Deferred amounts will generally be recognized within one year.

Sales Commissions

Sales commissions are expensed when the related subscription agreement is executed by the customer.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of personnel and related costs, including salaries, bonuses, payroll taxes and stock compensation, co-location facility costs for the Company’s data centers, depreciation expenses for computer equipment directly associated with generating revenue, credit card transaction fees and infrastructure maintenance costs. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, additional depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1.  Observable inputs based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2.  Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3.  Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level in which to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made. The following table summarizes the conclusions reached as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Balance as of
December 31,
2011
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

           

Series A warrants(1)

   $ 113       $ —        $ —         $ 113   

Series C warrants(1)

     479         —          —          479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 592       $ —        $ —        $ 592   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Balance as of
December 31,
2012
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

           

Series A warrants(1)

   $ 88       $ —        $ —        $ 88   

Series C warrants(1)

     3,147         —          —          3,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,235       $ —        $ —        $ 3,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) In order to determine the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, the Company used an option pricing model (“OPM”) for the year ended December 31, 2011 and a hybrid of the probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) and the OPM, collectively referred to as the “Hybrid Method,” for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Hybrid Method is a PWERM model in which one of the valuation scenarios is modeled using an OPM.

 

   Significant inputs for the OPM included an estimate of the fair value of the Series A and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the remaining contractual life of the warrants, an estimate of the timing of a liquidity event, a risk-free rate of interest and an estimate of the Company’s stock volatility using the volatilities of guideline peer companies. Significant inputs for the PWERM included an estimate of the Company’s equity value, a weighted average cost of capital and an estimated probability and timing for each valuation scenario.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     Series A Warrants     Series C Warrants  
     2010      2011      2012     2010      2011      2012  

Balance as of January 1

   $ 54       $ 63       $ 113      $ 230       $ 268       $ 479   

Issuance of Series C warrant

     —          —          —         —          —          2,705   

Cashless exercise of Series A warrant

     —          —          (67     —          —          —    

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     9         50         42        38         211         (37
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31

   $ 63       $ 113       $ 88      $ 268       $ 479       $ 3,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. All of the Company’s cash is held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company’s cash accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts.

The Company did not have any customers that individually comprised a significant concentration of its accounts receivable as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, or a significant concentration of its revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company extends credit to customers without requiring collateral. Accounts receivable are stated at realizable value, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of amounts due. The Company’s estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from the Company’s estimates.

Other Receivables

Under certain customer arrangements, the Company collects and remits monthly activity-based fees incurred on specific channels on the customers’ behalf. The Company records the amounts due from customers as a result of these arrangements as other receivables.

Other receivables of $0.7 million and $1.5 million are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs of $2.3 million are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. Upon the consummation of the IPO, these amounts will be offset

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

against the proceeds of the offering and included in stockholders’ (deficit) equity. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately. There were no amounts capitalized as of December 31, 2011.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method.

The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are generally as follows:

 

Purchased software, including internal use software

   3 years

Computer hardware

   3 years

Furniture and office equipment

   7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of remaining lease term or useful life

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The Company acquired intangible assets in connection with its business acquisitions. These assets were recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date and are being amortized over their respective estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives used in computing amortization are as follows:

 

Customer relationships

     5 to 8 years   

Proprietary software

     8 years   

Trade name

     5 years   

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized, if any, is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets or asset group. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, management does not believe any long-lived assets are impaired and has not identified any assets as being held for sale.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment test. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on December 31, or more frequently if events or changes in business circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company adopted ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which gives entities testing goodwill for impairment the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. During this assessment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors considered include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company-specific events, changes in circumstances and after-tax cash flows. As of December 31, 2012, the Company determined that its reporting unit did not have a carrying value that was more likely than not to exceed its fair value.

If the qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company would test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. The first step is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, the assigned goodwill is not considered impaired. If the fair value is less than the reporting unit’s carrying value, step two is performed to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. In the second step, the fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit’s identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value was being initially allocated. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment charge would be recorded in the period the determination is made.

The Company has determined that it has a single, entity-wide reporting unit. To determine the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit, the Company primarily uses a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant assumptions and estimates about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the determination of an appropriate discount rate, estimated terminal value and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The Company may also determine fair value of its reporting unit using a market approach by applying multiples of earnings of peer companies to its operating results.

As a result of the Company’s annual impairment test as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, goodwill was not considered impaired and, as such, no impairment charges were recorded.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The amount expensed during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $1.0 million, $1.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes certain internal software development costs, consisting primarily of direct labor associated with creating the internally developed software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized) and the post-implementation/operation stage (all costs expensed as incurred). The costs incurred during the application development stage primarily include the costs of designing the application, coding and testing of the system. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software once it

is ready for its intended use. Internal software development costs of $0.2 million were capitalized

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

during the year ended December 31, 2012, and are included in property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Amortization expense related to the capitalized internally developed software was $20,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, and is included in cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The net book value of capitalized internally developed software was $0.1 million at December 31, 2012.

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, the costs incurred during the application development stage were not significant and were charged to operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method of accounting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of a deferred tax asset is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company applies the accounting guidance for uncertainties in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return in the financial statements. Additionally, the guidance also prescribes the treatment for the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The Company accrues for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will be recognized if it is more likely than not to be sustained. The Company did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 or 2012.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s non-U.S. operations is the local currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet dates. Revenue, costs and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Gains or losses resulting from the translation of assets and liabilities are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are recognized as other (expense) income.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the awards’ vesting period, adjusted for estimated forfeitures.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions,

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected life of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of expense requires the estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited.

Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of each series of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in distributions, when and if declared by the board of directors that are made to common stockholders, and as a result are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year’s earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the “if-converted” method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or “if-converted”) as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified in the consolidated balance sheets to conform to the current period presentation.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2012  

Purchased software, including internal use software

   $ 1,833      $ 3,564   

Computer hardware

     7,357        9,346   

Furniture and office equipment

     1,674        1,750   

Leasehold improvements

     955        948   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     11,819        15,608   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (9,507     (11,293
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,312      $ 4,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $2.5 million, $1.2 million and $2.1 million, respectively. During 2011 and 2012, the Company wrote off certain fixed assets that were fully depreciated.

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted Average
Useful Life (in  years)
 

Customer relationships

   $ 4,745       $ (3,779   $ 966         6.5   

Proprietary software

     1,010         (771     239         6.8   

Trade name

     400         (360     40         5.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 6,155       $ (4,910   $ 1,245         6.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

     2011  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted Average
Useful Life (in  years)
 

Customer relationships

   $ 4,745       $ (3,193   $ 1,552         6.5   

Proprietary software

     1,010         (644     366         6.8   

Trade name

     400         (280     120         5.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 6,155       $ (4,117   $ 2,038         6.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0.9 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, expected amortization expense over the remaining intangible asset lives is as follows (in thousands):

 

2013

   $ 574   

2014

     395   

2015

     276   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,245   
  

 

 

 

There were no changes to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating and Capital Lease Commitments

The Company leases office facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating and capital leases. Future minimum lease payments are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating Leases      Capital Leases  

Year Ending December 31,

     

2013

   $ 1,484       $ 1,209   

2014

     1,653         808   

2015

     1,634         416   

2016

     1,595         6   

2017

     1,065         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 7,431         2,439   
  

 

 

    

Less: imputed interest

        (344

Less: current portion

        (959
     

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

      $ 1,136   
     

 

 

 

The gross book value of fixed assets under capital leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 was approximately $0.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The net book value of fixed assets under capital leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 was approximately $0.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Capital lease obligations are included in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities. The amortization of fixed assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Future minimum lease payments due under the non-cancelable operating lease arrangements contain fixed rent increases over the term of the lease. Rent expense on these operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. The excess of rent expense over future minimum lease payments due has been reported in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, deferred rent related to these leases totaled $0.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

In January 2011, the lease agreement for the Company’s headquarters, located in Morrisville, North Carolina (the “Morrisville lease”), was amended to extend the lease through September 2021. This amendment included a one-time cash payment to the Company of $0.2 million to be used at the Company’s sole and absolute discretion. This amount was received and recorded as a lease incentive obligation that is amortized against rent expense on a straight-line basis through the life of the lease. Total payments for the remaining term of the Morrisville lease as of December 31, 2012 are $8.0 million.

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

Legal Contingencies

The Company is a party to a variety of legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. While the results of such normal course legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes, based on current knowledge, that the final outcome of any matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2012  

Term loan

   $ 1,433      $ —     

Revolving line of credit

     3,300        3,300   

Equipment line of credit

     158        70   

Subordinated loan

     —          10,000   

Debt discount

     (65     (2,398
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     4,826        10,972   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,821        3,370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, net of current portion

   $ 5      $ 7,602   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In December 2009, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan and Security Agreement”) with a lender. The Loan and Security Agreement includes a term loan (the “Term Loan”) of $4.3 million and a revolving line of aggregate advances (the “Revolving Line of Credit”) totaling $4.3 million. The Term Loan accrues interest at a rate of 7% per annum and is to be repaid in 36 equal installments of principal plus monthly payments of accrued interest beginning January 1, 2010. The Revolving Line of Credit had an initial term of 364 days and the Company immediately drew $2.3 million, and subsequently drew an additional $1.0 million during 2011. Interest-only payments are to be made monthly on any outstanding advances during the term at the greater of: the lender’s prime rate plus 0.75%; or 4.75%. In July 2012, the Company amended its Loan and Security Agreement with its lender to increase the borrowing capacity under the Revolving Line of Credit by $1.7 million to $6.0 million, and modify the interest rate of the Revolving Line of Credit to be the lender’s prime rate plus 1.0%.

The loan is collateralized by all of the Company’s assets, excluding intellectual property. The lender has been granted a negative pledge on all intellectual property of the Company. In conjunction with this transaction, the Company issued to the lender a warrant to purchase 173,358 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at $0.685 per share (see Note 9). As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, all outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Line of Credit were included in the current portion of long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Each year, the Company has amended its Loan and Security Agreement with its lender to extend the maturity date of the Revolving Line of Credit. In July 2012, the Company amended its Loan and Security Agreement to extend the maturity date to June 18, 2013.

In June 2010, the Company amended its Loan and Security Agreement with its lender to provide for an equipment line of credit (the “Equipment Line of Credit”). The Equipment Line of Credit provides for the purchase of up to $1.0 million of fixed assets. However, in no event shall the outstanding principal balance of the Equipment Line of Credit when added to the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan exceed $4.3 million. Principal plus interest is payable monthly over 36 months. Interest is charged at 7.25%. The Equipment Line of Credit is collateralized by the same assets as the Company’s Term Loan and Revolving Line of Credit, in addition to any fixed assets that are purchased utilizing the Equipment Line of Credit. In September 2010, the Company drew $0.3 million on the Equipment Line of Credit.

As of December 31, 2012, future principal payments under the Loan and Security Agreement were $3.4 million for 2013.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Under the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company is required to meet and maintain certain monthly and annual financial and nonfinancial covenants. As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

In March 2012, the Company signed a loan and security agreement with a subordinated lender. The agreement calls for the Company to borrow between $5.0 million and $10.0 million through the end of 2012. Payments on the debt are interest only through March 1, 2015 and principal and interest from March 1, 2015 through the maturity date of February 28, 2017. Interest is payable monthly at an annual rate of 10.5%. In March 2012, the Company borrowed $5.0 million under this agreement and as a condition of the loan, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 2,400,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at $0.01 per share (see Note 9). The warrant expires in 2022 and had a value of $2.0 million at the date of issuance. In December 2012, the Company borrowed the remaining $5.0 million available under the loan and security agreement with the subordinated lender. As a result of this additional borrowing, the warrant to purchase Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock became exercisable for an additional 750,000 shares, increasing the aggregate number of shares to 3,150,000.

7. Income Taxes

The components of loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2010     2011     2012  

Domestic

   $ (1,525   $ 1,061      $ 1,821   

Foreign

     (3,087     (4,874     (6,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loss before income taxes

   $ (4,612   $ (3,813   $ (5,003
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income tax expense (benefit) included the following for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2010     2011     2012  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 5      $ 4      $ 46   

State

     (7     (2     55   

Foreign

     73        —         (201
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     71        2        (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     46        47        28   

State

     (5     2        2   

Foreign

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     41        49        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax expense (benefit)

   $ 112      $ 51      $ (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2010     2011     2012  

Current:

      

Deferred tax assets:

      

Other assets

   $ 349      $ 576      $ 585   

Valuation allowance

     (336     (529     (539
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     13        47        46   

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Other liabilities

     —         3        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset, current

   $ 13      $ 44      $ 35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

      

Deferred tax assets:

      

Domestic tax loss carryforwards

   $ 18,450      $ 18,067      $ 17,288   

Foreign tax loss carryforwards

     4,266        4,202        5,526   

Tax credits

     5        11        57   

Other assets

     433        1,149        900   

Valuation allowance

     (22,410     (21,615     (22,040
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     744        1,814        1,731   

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Other liabilities

     878        2,028        1,966   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability, noncurrent

   $ (134   $ (214   $ (235
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company had federal gross operating loss carryforwards of $50.3 million, $48.8 million and $46.3 million, respectively, that expire beginning in 2019. At December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company had state net economic loss carryforwards of $39.3 million, $44.8 million and $45.1 million, respectively, that expire beginning in 2015. At December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company also had foreign net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for use against future tax in those jurisdictions of $12.5 million, $12.4 million and $16.4 million, respectively. For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance has been recognized to offset the deferred tax assets related to the NOL carryforwards. The total increase in valuation allowance of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 was allocable to current operating activities. The utilization of the loss carryforwards to reduce future income taxes will depend on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the NOL carryforwards. In addition, the maximum annual use of NOL carryforwards is limited in certain situations after changes in stock ownership occur. The recognized tax benefit related to NOL carryforwards was approximately $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Income tax expense in 2010 and 2011 was $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and income tax benefit was $0.1 million in 2012. The periods were affected by the presence of additional valuation allowance in connection with the tax amortization of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset that is not available to offset existing deferred tax assets (termed a “naked credit”).

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been provided thereon. The cumulative amount of undistributed earnings of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries was approximately $0.8 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The determination of the deferred tax liability, which requires complex analysis of international tax situations related to repatriation, is not practicable at this time. The Company is presently investing in international operations located in Europe, Asia, Australia and South America. The Company is funding the working capital needs of its foreign operations through its U.S. operations. In the future, the Company will utilize its foreign undistributed earnings, as well as continued funding from its U.S. operations, to support its continued foreign investment.

A reconciliation of the difference between the effective income tax rate and the statutory federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

     2010     2011     2012  

U.S. statutory federal rate

     34.0     34.0     34.0

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

      

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     1.5        0.5        (0.8

Nondeductible expenses

     (3.6     (6.2     (9.2

Effect of foreign tax rate differential

     (7.2     (10.8     (13.3

NOL adjustment

     (10.1     (35.1     —     

Change in valuation allowance

     (16.8     15.8        (6.6

Other

     (0.2     0.6        (2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     (2.4 )%      (1.2 )%      1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of the FASB’s guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. These provisions provide a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain income tax positions that a company has taken or expects to take on a tax return.

As a result of implementing these provisions, the Company did not identify any material tax positions that would be required for inclusion in the financial statements under this accounting guidance. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to the tax contingencies. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties is to record them as a component of provision for income taxes.

The Company has analyzed its filing positions in all significant federal, state and foreign jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in these jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2009, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2009 may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS if they either have been or will be used in a future period. The Company is no longer subject to examination in foreign tax jurisdictions for tax periods 2007 and prior. No income tax returns are currently under examination by taxing authorities.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

8. Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated common stock and preferred stock. The Company is authorized to issue 523,871,368 total shares, consisting of 303,500,000 shares of common stock and 220,371,368 shares of Series A, Series B, Series B-1 and Series C redeemable

convertible preferred stock. At December 31, 2012, the Company had reserved a total of 18,659,401 of its authorized 303,500,000 shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

For conversion of Series A, Series B, Series B-1 and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

     13,375,171   

Outstanding stock options

     2,202,712   

Outstanding stock warrants

     1,913,675   

Possible future issuance under stock option plans

     1,167,843   
  

 

 

 

Total common shares reserved for future issuance

     18,659,401   
  

 

 

 

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution after the payment of the full liquidation preference for all series of outstanding preferred stock.

Dividends and Voting Rights

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared by the Company, but not until all dividends on preferred stock have been either (i) paid or (ii) declared and the Company has set aside funds to pay those dividends declared. Holders of common stock have the right to one vote per share.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes the issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock:

 

Issue Date

   Name    Price per
Share
     Number of
Shares
     Conversion
Price per Share
 

December 2003

   Series A    $ 0.20         93,726,013       $ 3.20   

April 2005

   Series B    $ 0.44         40,641,227       $ 7.04   

April 2006

   Series B-1    $ 0.53         5,660,378       $ 8.48   

April 2007

   Series C    $ 0.69         43,795,620       $ 10.96   

September 2008

   Series C    $ 0.69         30,084,731       $ 10.96   

Series A, Series B, Series B-1 and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are collectively referred to as the “Preferred Stock” and individually as the “Series A,” “Series B,” “Series B-1” and “Series C.” Each of the prices per share above is referred to as the Original Issue Price, and excludes the cost of issuance. Any costs incurred in connection with the issuance of various classes of the Preferred Stock have been recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of the Preferred Stock and were accreted through a charge to additional paid-in capital through April 26, 2012.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Summary of Activity

The following table presents a summary of activity for the Preferred Stock issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock  
     Series A      Series B      Series B-1      Series C      Total
Amount
 

Balance, January 1, 2010

   $ 18,794       $ 17,980       $ 2,996       $ 50,541       $ 90,311   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     11         9         2         30         52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

     18,805         17,989         2,998         50,571         90,363   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     11         8         1         30         50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

     18,816         17,997         2,999         50,601         90,413   

Cashless exercise of Series A warrant

     67         —          —          —           67   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     4         3         1         7         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 18,887       $ 18,000       $ 3,000       $ 50,608       $ 90,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redemption Rights

Shares of the Preferred Stock are redeemable at the election of the Preferred Stock holders. On November 12, 2012, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to change the earliest possible Preferred Stock redemption date to November 30, 2014. Shares of the Series A shall be redeemable at the election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series A then outstanding. Shares of the Series B and Series B-1 shall be redeemable at the election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series B and Series B-1 voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis. Shares of the Series C shall be redeemable at the election of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C. Any redemption shall be effected first with respect to the Series B and Series B-1 together on a pari passu, pro rata basis with the Series C, and second with respect to the Series A. The redemption of the Series A, Series B and Series B-1 requires the Company to pay a per-share sum equal to the Original Issue Price of the respective series plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to the shares of such series. The redemption of the Series C requires the Company to pay a per-share sum equal to the greater of the Series C Original Issue Price plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares or the then-current fair market value as determined by a valuation firm of national reputation mutually acceptable to the Board and the Series C holders. As of December 31, 2012, the redemption values of the Series A, B, B-1 and C based on the Original Issue Price were $18.8 million, $18.0 million, $3.0 million and $50.6 million, respectively. There have been no dividends declared with respect to the Preferred Stock. The Series A shares would be redeemed in one installment and the Series B, B-1 and C would be redeemed in three annual installments. The first redemption payment would be made as soon as sufficient funds are legally available with 10% interest from the redemption date as specified by each class of Preferred Stock holders.

Conversion Rights

Upon initial issuance, the Preferred Stock was convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis and is currently convertible on a 16-for-one basis. The conversion

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

rate for each series of Preferred Stock is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or similar events. Additionally, each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of common stock at a price per share not less than $2.00 per share with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million or (ii) upon the affirmative election of the holders of the Preferred Stock as follows: each share of Series C shall automatically be converted upon the affirmative elections of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C; each share of Series B and Series B-1 shall automatically be converted upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B and Series B-1, voting together as a class; and each share of Series A shall automatically be converted upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Series A. Preferred Stock is also subject to certain anti-dilution provisions.

Voting Rights

The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible. Certain transactions and actions require the consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of outstanding Preferred Stock as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Dividend Rights

The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends at the rate of 8% per share of the Original Issue Price per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations or similar events) payable in preference and priority to any payment of dividend on common stock of the Company. Such dividends are payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors and are noncumulative. Payment to Series A holders may only be made after payment in full is made to the Series B, Series B-1 and Series C holders. Payment of any dividends to the holders of the Series B, Series B-1 and Series C shall be on a pari passu basis. No dividends have been declared through December 31, 2012.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), the holders of Series C, Series B and Series B-1 are entitled to receive in preference to the holders of Series A an amount per share equal to the respective Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends. If the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full, the assets will be distributed ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which the respective shareholders would otherwise be entitled. Thereafter, the holders of Series A are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

After the payment of the full liquidation preferences of the Series A as set forth above, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution in such Liquidation Event, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis until such holders of Preferred Stock have received, pursuant to the above, an aggregate amount per share of Series C, Series B or Series A equal to ten times the Series C Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price or Series A Original Issue Price, as applicable; thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution in such Liquidation Event, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Warrants

In conjunction with previous long-term debt borrowings, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series A and Series C. As of December 31, 2012, the holders of the Series A and Series C warrants were entitled to purchase a total of 175,000 shares of Series A and 4,586,121 shares of Series C, respectively. The warrants may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and include a cashless exercise feature, which allows the holder to receive fewer shares of Series A or Series C in exchange for the warrant rather than paying cash to exercise. The warrants are classified as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and adjusted to fair value each period due to the fact that they are currently exercisable into redeemable securities.

The fair value of the Series A warrants was estimated to be $0.1 million and $0.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of the Series C warrants was estimated to be $0.5 million and $3.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The inputs into the fair value model for the warrants are considered Level 3 inputs under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . The inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of the Series A and C stock warrants are discussed in Note 2.

In March 2012, the Company amended a Series A warrant agreement for the purchase of 168,750 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to extend the expiration date from March 2012 to June 2012. In June 2012, the holder of this warrant executed a cashless exercise and received 95,380 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in exchange for the warrant.

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, all changes in the fair value of the warrants were recorded as a component of other (expense) income. The Company recorded other expense of $47,000, $0.3 million and $5,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, related to the fair value adjustment of the warrants.

In 2007 and 2008, in conjunction with the Series C funding, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,616,113 shares of common stock, of which 958,019 and 658,094 have an exercise price per share of $16.00 and $10.96, respectively. The warrants expire in 2014 and 2015. The warrants may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and include a cashless exercise feature, which allows the holder to receive fewer shares of common stock in exchange for the warrant rather than paying cash to exercise.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company established the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Company has reserved 3,995,547 shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and non-employee third parties. The Plan permits the granting of both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.

The terms of the stock option grants, including the exercise price per share and vesting periods, are determined by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. Stock options are granted at exercise prices not less than the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 1,167,843 shares allocated to the Plan, but not yet issued. The options typically vest quarterly over a four-year period. The options expire ten years from the grant date. Compensation expense for the fair value of the options at their grant date is recognized ratably over the vesting schedule.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Plan allows for the granting of options that may be exercised before the options have vested. Shares issued as a result of early exercise are subject to repurchase by the Company upon termination of employment or services, at the lesser of the price paid or the fair value of the shares on the repurchase date. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no shares of common stock outstanding subject to the Company’s right of repurchase.

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Cost of revenue

   $ 21       $ 15       $ 64   

Sales and marketing

     59         16         224   

Research and development

     38         58         105   

General and administrative

     216         111         245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 334       $ 200       $ 638   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of the Company’s employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the “simplified method.” Under the “simplified method,” the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company used the “simplified method” due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The Company assumed no dividend yield because dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is consistent with the Company’s history of not paying dividends.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31:

 

     2010    2011    2012

Risk-free interest rate

   0.5% - 3.0%    0.4% - 2.0%    0.1% - 0.9%

Expected term (years)

   6.25    6.25    4.00 - 6.25

Expected volatility

   39% - 55%    28% - 56%    49% - 60%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%

Weighted average grant date fair value

   $0.64    $0.80    $2.88

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following is a summary of the option activity for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding balance at December 31, 2011

     1,936,191      $ 2.08         

Granted

     647,750        8.16         

Exercised

     (124,624     1.76         

Forfeited

     (94,701     2.40         

Expired

     (161,904     1.92         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding balance at December 31, 2012

     2,202,712      $ 3.84         7.16       $ 10,843   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

     1,180,913      $ 2.24         5.73       $ 7,710   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2012

     2,067,549      $ 3.68         7.03       $ 10,549   
  

 

 

         

The total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized as of December 31, 2012 was $1.3 million and will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.5 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of employee options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

During 2010, the Company repriced options to purchase 383,417 shares of common stock that were originally priced at $4.00 per share and were modified lower to $2.24 per share for 124 employees. The Company recorded $0.1 million of incremental stock-based compensation as a result of this modification.

During 2010 and 2011, the Company extended the life of options to purchase 285,976 shares of common stock that were held by three former executives. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded incremental stock-based compensation of $45,000 and $3,000 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Net Loss Per Share

Diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss. The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31:

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

        

Series A

     5,857,864         5,857,864         5,863,825   

Series B

     2,540,066         2,540,066         2,540,066   

Series B-1

     353,767         353,767         353,767   

Series C

     4,617,513         4,617,513         4,617,513   

Warrants to purchase common stock

     1,616,113         1,616,113         1,616,113   

Warrants to purchase Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     21,484         21,484         10,937   

Warrants to purchase Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

     89,750         89,750         286,625   

Stock options

     1,681,143         1,936,191         2,202,712   

Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share (unaudited)

The numerator and denominator used in computing pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been adjusted to assume (i) the net exercise as of the beginning of the year of certain Series C warrants that will expire upon the closing of the IPO to acquire              shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth in the prospectus and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the year or at the time of issuance, if later, and (iii) the reclassification of the Series A and remaining Series C warrants liability to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the year.

 

Numerator (in thousands):

  

Historical net loss

   $                    

Plus: changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

   $     
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share—weighted average shares

  

Plus: conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

   $     
  

 

 

 

12. Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM reviews

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company’s operations constitute a single operating segment and one reportable segment.

Substantially all assets were held in the United States during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The following table summarizes revenue by geography for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Revenue:

  

Domestic

   $ 29,663       $ 34,805       $ 42,140   

International

     7,025         8,765         11,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,688       $ 43,570       $ 53,587   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Retirement Plan

The Company has established the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “Retirement Plan”), a contributory profit sharing plan, to cover all employees who qualify under the terms of the plan. Eligible employees may elect to contribute to the Retirement Plan up to 100% of their compensation, limited by the IRS-imposed maximum. Prior to April 1, 2011, the Company did not match employee contributions to the Retirement Plan. Effective April 1, 2011, the Company began matching 50% of employee contributions up to 3% of base salary. Employer contributions were $0, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

14. Related Parties

One of the Company’s customers is a subsidiary of a stockholder of the Company, thus making the customer a related party. Under this agreement, the customer has purchased certain services from the Company. Revenue recorded under this agreement since the customer became a related party totaled $0.3 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Accounts receivable from the customer amounted to $0.1 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The Company conducts business with one of its stockholders who is also one of its channel partners. This channel partner, like other channel partners, allows the Company access to its systems and allows the Company to serve as an integration partner between it and the Company’s customers. The Company does not pay or receive consideration from the related party for this arrangement.

15. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after December 31, 2012 through March 5, 2013, the date on which the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 were issued.

Effective as of January 31, 2013, the Company signed an amended lease agreement for its headquarters in Morrisville, North Carolina. The amendment provides the Company with additional office space and increases the Company’s monthly rent payment. The lease term was not modified as a result of the amendment.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

On April 26, 2013, the board of directors approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation effecting a 1-for-16 reverse stock split of its common stock. The reverse stock split did not cause an adjustment to the par value or the authorized shares of the common stock. As a result of the reverse stock split, the Company also adjusted the share amounts under its employee incentive plan and common stock warrant agreements with third parties. All numbers of common shares and per common share data in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split for all periods presented. The reverse stock split will be effected prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    As of
December 31,
2012
    As of
March 31,
2013
    As of
March 31,
2013

Pro Forma
          (unaudited)     (unaudited)

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash

  $ 10,865      $ 10,958     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $191, $155 and $             as of December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013 pro forma, respectively

    9,571        9,161     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    2,589        2,266     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    23,025        22,385     

Property and equipment, net

    4,315        5,171     

Goodwill

    16,106        16,106     

Intangible assets, net

    1,245        1,057     

Restricted cash

    687        686     

Other assets

    2,644        3,314     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 48,022      $ 48,719     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 1,269      $ 1,069     

Accrued expenses

    4,650        4,540     

Deferred revenue

    9,750        11,710     

Current portion of long-term debt

    3,370        3,347     

Other current liabilities

    979        1,102     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    20,018        21,768     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    7,603        7,743     

Series A and Series C warrants liability

    3,235        3,352     

Long-term capital leases, net of current portion

    1,136        1,885     

Other long-term liabilities

    1,714        1,863     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

    33,706        36,611     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

     

Convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 94,069,763 shares authorized, 93,821,393 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $18,839 as of March 31, 2013

    18,887        18,887     

Convertible Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 40,641,227 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $18,000 as of March 31, 2013

    18,000        18,000     

Convertible Series B-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,660,378 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $3,000 as of March 31, 2013

    3,000        3,000     

Convertible Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 80,000,000 shares authorized, 73,880,351 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $50,608 as of March 31, 2013

    50,608        50,608     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    90,495        90,495     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 303,500,000 shares authorized, 1,240,193, 1,333,516 and          shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013 pro forma, respectively

    1        1     

Additional paid-in capital

    3,584        4,166     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (289     (349  

Accumulated deficit

    (79,475     (82,205  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (76,179     (78,387  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 48,022      $ 48,719     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
   2012     2013  
     (in thousands, except share and
per share data)
 

Revenue

   $ 12,166      $ 14,922   

Cost of revenue

     3,246        3,947   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8,920        10,975   

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

     5,390        7,790   

Research and development

     2,551        2,981   

General and administrative

     1,788        2,341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,729        13,112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (809     (2,137

Other (expense) income:

    

Interest expense

     (22     (597

Other income, net

     4        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

     (18     (586
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (827     (2,723

Income tax expense

     24        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (851   $ (2,730
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.74   $ (2.10

Pro forma:

    

Basic and diluted

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted

     1,144,999        1,299,491   

Pro forma:

    

Basic and diluted

    

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
         2012             2013      
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (851   $ (2,730

Other comprehensive loss:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     14        (60
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (837   $ (2,790
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          
    (in thousands, except share data)  

Balance, December 31, 2012

    1,240,193      $ 1      $ 3,584      $ (289   $ (79,475   $ (76,179

Exercise of stock options

    93,323        —          153        —          —          153   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          429        —          —          429   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (2,730     (2,729

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          (60     —          (61
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2013

    1,333,516      $ 1      $ 4,166      $ (349   $ (82,205   $ (78,387
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
         2012                 2013          
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (851   $ (2,730

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     583        800   

Bad debt expense (recovery)

     9        (14

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     (67     117   

Accretion of debt discount

     2        141   

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

     48        429   

Change in lease incentive obligation

     (5     (5

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     4        12   

Change in deferred rent

     150        29   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     206        296   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (184     285   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     455        (12

Deferred revenue

     1,785        2,229   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,135        1,577   

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (1,045     (351
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,045     (351

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of debt issuance costs

     4,896        —     

Repayment of debt and capital leases

     (386     (312

Payment of deferred offering costs

     —          (890

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     16        153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     4,526        (1,049

Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash

     21        (84
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash

     5,637        93   

Cash, beginning of period

     4,998        10,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

   $ 10,635      $ 10,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 82      $ 299   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 26      $ 64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

    

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 13      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ —        $ 550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued capital expenditures

   $ 218      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations entered into for the purchase of fixed assets

   $ 1,654      $ 1,077   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of the Business

ChannelAdvisor Corporation (“ChannelAdvisor” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware and capitalized in June 2001. The Company began operations in July 2001. ChannelAdvisor is a provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions that allow retailers and manufacturers to integrate, manage and monitor their merchandise sales across hundreds of online channels. The Company is headquartered in Morrisville, North Carolina and has offices in England, Ireland, Germany, Australia and Hong Kong.

Accumulated Deficit

Since its inception, the Company has incurred substantial losses. At December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, the accumulated deficit was $79.5 million and $82.2 million, respectively. Failure to generate sufficient revenue and income could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve its intended business objectives. The Company has financed its operations primarily through issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock and debt and believes it has adequate cash on hand to fund operations in the near term, but, if required, additional financing may not be available to the Company or available on attractive terms.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) as contained in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification” or “ASC”) for interim financial information. In the opinion of management, the interim financial information includes all adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year or the results for any future periods. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related footnotes for the year ended December 31, 2012 appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for the proposed initial public offering of shares of its common stock (the “IPO”). If the IPO contemplated by this prospectus is consummated, all of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into common stock. In addition, certain Series C warrants will expire if not exercised before the IPO, and the Series A and remaining Series C warrants will automatically convert into warrants to purchase common stock. The preferred stock warrant liability of $3.4 million as of March 31, 2013 will be reclassified to stockholders’

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

equity. Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, the assumed net exercise of the Series C warrants that would otherwise expire at the IPO and the reclassification of the Series A and remaining Series C warrants outstanding, is set forth on the March 31, 2013 pro forma unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2013 assumes (i) the net exercise as of January 1, 2013 of certain Series C warrants that will expire upon the closing of the IPO to acquire              shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth in the prospectus, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of shares of common stock upon the completion of the IPO as of January 1, 2013, and (iii) the conversion of the Series A and the remaining Series C warrants to common stock warrants as of January 1, 2013. The amounts recorded in 2013 to adjust the Series A and Series C warrants liability to fair value have been added back to net loss to arrive at pro forma net loss per share.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 allows an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The Company adopted ASU 2011-05 effective January 1, 2012 and has retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-05 for all periods presented.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” ASU 2011-04 represents the converged guidance of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) on fair value measurement and has resulted in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning of the term “fair value.” The Company adopted ASU 2011-04 effective January 1, 2012 and has retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-04 for all periods presented.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which is intended to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50%. The Company adopted ASU 2011-08 effective for the year ended December 31, 2012. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” which requires entities to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, ASU 2013-02 requires presentation, either on the face of the income statement or in the notes, of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by respective line items of net income, but only if the amounts reclassified are required to be reclassified in their entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about these amounts. The Company prospectively adopted ASU 2013-02 effective January 1, 2013. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statement presentation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment,” which is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of performing an impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets by providing entities an option to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. Specifically, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that fair value of an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2012-02 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to the accounts receivable allowance, the useful lives of long-lived assets and other intangible assets, the fair value of the Company’s common stock and assumptions used for purposes of determining stock-based compensation, income taxes, and the fair value of the Series A and Series C warrants, among others. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

The majority of the Company’s revenue is derived from subscription fees paid by customers for access to and usage of the Company’s cloud-based SaaS platform for a specified period of time, which is typically one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and is based on a specified minimum amount of gross merchandise value (“GMV”) that a customer expects to process through the Company’s platform over the contract term. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through the Company’s platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum amount. In addition, other sources of revenue consist primarily of implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch and assistance and training. The Company recognizes revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the service has been provided to the customer, the collection of the fee is reasonably assured and the amount of the fee to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable. The Company’s contractual arrangements include performance, termination and cancellation provisions, but do not provide for refunds. Customers do not have the contractual right to take possession of the Company’s software at any time.

The Company’s arrangements generally contain multiple elements comprised of subscription and implementation services. The Company evaluates each element in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within the Company’s control. The Company’s implementation services are not sold separately from the subscription and there is no alternative use for them. As such, the Company has determined the implementation services do not have standalone value. Accordingly, subscription and implementation services are combined and recognized as a single unit of accounting.

The Company generally recognizes the fixed portion of subscription fees and implementation fees ratably over the contract term. Recognition begins when the customer has access to the Company’s platform and transactions can be processed, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Some customers elect a managed-service solution and contract with the Company to manage some or all aspects of the Company’s SaaS solutions on the customer’s behalf for a specified period of time, which is typically one year. Under these managed-service arrangements, customer transactions cannot be processed through the Company’s platform until the completion of the implementation services. As such, revenue is contingent upon the Company’s completion of the implementation services and recognition commences when transactions can be processed on the Company’s platform, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. At that time, the Company recognizes a pro-rata portion of the fees earned since the inception of the arrangement. The balance of the fees is recognized ratably over the remaining contract term.

The Company recognizes the variable portion of subscription fee revenue in the period in which the related GMV is processed, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

The Company recognizes revenue from professional services sold separately from subscription arrangements as the services are performed.

Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are excluded from revenue.

Deferred revenue represents the unearned portion of fixed subscription fees and implementation fees. Deferred amounts will generally be recognized within one year.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of personnel and related costs, including salaries, bonuses, payroll taxes and stock compensation, co-location facility costs for the Company’s data centers, depreciation expenses for computer equipment directly associated with generating revenue, credit card

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

transaction fees and infrastructure maintenance costs. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, additional depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. All of the Company’s cash is held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company’s cash accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts.

The Company did not have any customers that individually comprised a significant concentration of its accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, or a significant concentration of its revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company extends credit to customers without requiring collateral. Accounts receivable are stated at realizable value, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of amounts due. The Company’s estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from the Company’s estimates.

Other Receivables

Under certain customer arrangements, the Company collects and remits monthly activity-based fees incurred on specific channels on the customers’ behalf. The Company records the amounts due from customers as a result of these arrangements as other receivables.

Other receivables of $1.5 million and $0.8 million are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs of $2.3 million and $3.0 million are included in other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. Upon the consummation of the IPO, these amounts will be offset against the proceeds of the offering and included in stockholders’ (deficit) equity. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The Company acquired intangible assets in connection with its business acquisitions. These assets were recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date and are being amortized over their respective estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives used in computing amortization are as follows:

 

Customer relationships

     5 to 8 years   

Proprietary software

     8 years   

Trade name

     5 years   

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment test. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on December 31, or more frequently if events or changes in business circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. For the impairment test, the Company has the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. During this assessment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors considered include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company-specific events, changes in circumstances and after-tax cash flows.

If the qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company would test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. The first step is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, the assigned goodwill is not considered impaired. If the fair value is less than the reporting unit’s carrying value, step two is performed to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. In the second step, the fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit’s identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value was being initially allocated. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment charge would be recorded in the period the determination is made.

The Company has determined that it has a single, entity-wide reporting unit. To determine the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit, the Company primarily uses a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant assumptions and estimates about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the determination of an appropriate discount rate, estimated terminal value and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The Company may also determine fair value of its reporting unit using a market approach by applying multiples of earnings of peer companies to its operating results.

Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes certain internal software development costs, consisting primarily of direct labor associated with creating the internally developed software or implementing software

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

purchased for internal use. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized) and the post-implementation/operation stage (all costs expensed as incurred). The costs incurred during the application development stage primarily include the costs of designing the application, coding and testing of the system. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software once it is ready for its intended use. Internal software development costs of $0.2 million and $0.2 million were capitalized during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013, respectively, and are included in property and equipment in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Amortization expense related to the capitalized internally developed software was $0 and $15,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and is included in cost of revenue or general and administrative expense in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations, depending upon the nature of the software development project. The net book value of capitalized internally developed software was $0.1 million and $0.3 million as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the awards’ vesting period, adjusted for estimated forfeitures.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected life of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of expense requires the estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited.

3. Stockholders’ Equity

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes the issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock:

 

Name

   Price per
Share
     Number of
Shares
     Conversion
Price per Share
 

Series A

   $ 0.20         93,821,393       $ 3.20   

Series B

   $ 0.44         40,641,227       $ 7.04   

Series B-1

   $ 0.53         5,660,378       $ 8.48   

Series C

   $ 0.69         73,880,351       $ 10.96   

Series A, Series B, Series B-1 and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are collectively referred to as the “Preferred Stock” and individually as the “Series A,” “Series B,” “Series B-1” and “Series C.” Each of the prices per share above is referred to as the Original Issue Price, and excludes the cost of issuance.

There was no activity for the Preferred Stock issued and outstanding for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

4. Warrants

In conjunction with previous long-term debt borrowings, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series A and Series C. As of March 31, 2013, the holders of the Series A and Series C warrants were entitled to purchase a total of 175,000 shares of Series A and 4,586,121 shares of Series C, respectively. The warrants may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and include a cashless exercise feature, which allows the holder to receive fewer shares of Series A or Series C in exchange for the warrant rather than paying cash to exercise. The warrants are classified as a liability in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets and adjusted to fair value each period due to the fact that they are currently exercisable into redeemable securities.

The fair value of the Series A warrants was estimated to be $0.1 million and $0.1 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. The fair value of the Series C warrants was estimated to be $3.1 million and $3.3 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively. The inputs into the fair value model for the warrants are considered Level 3 inputs under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . The inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of the Series A and C stock warrants are discussed in Note 6. For the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, all changes in the fair value of the warrants were recorded as a component of other (expense) income. The Company recorded other income of $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and other expense of $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 related to the fair value adjustment of the warrants.

In March 2012, the Company amended a Series A warrant agreement for the purchase of 168,750 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to extend the expiration date from March 2012 to June 2012. In June 2012, the holder of this warrant executed a cashless exercise and received 95,380 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in exchange for the warrant.

In 2007 and 2008, in conjunction with the Series C funding, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,616,113 shares of common stock, of which 958,019 and 658,094 have an exercise price per share of $16.00 and $10.96, respectively. The warrants expire in 2014 and 2015. The warrants may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and include a cashless exercise feature, which allows the holder to receive fewer shares of common stock in exchange for the warrant rather than paying cash to exercise.

5. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company established the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Company has reserved 3,995,547 shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and non-employee third parties. The Plan permits the granting of both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options. Stock options are granted at exercise prices not less than the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had 643,509 shares allocated to the stock plan, but not yet issued.

The Plan allows for the granting of options that may be exercised before the options have vested. Shares issued as a result of early exercise are subject to repurchase by the Company upon termination of employment or services, at the lesser of the price paid or the fair value of the shares on the repurchase date. At December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, there were no shares of common stock outstanding subject to the Company’s right of repurchase.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is included in the following line items in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012      2013  

Cost of revenue

   $ 4       $ 47   

Sales and marketing

     4         135   

Research and development

     13         70   

General and administrative

     27         177   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 48       $ 429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted for the three months ended March 31:

 

         2012              2013    

Risk-free interest rate

     *       0.3% - 1.2%

Expected term (years)

     *       5.00 - 6.25

Expected volatility

     *       51% - 59%

Dividend yield

     *       0%

Weighted average grant date fair value

     *       $3.68

* = not applicable

The following is a summary of the option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding balance as of December 31, 2012

     2,202,712      $ 3.84         

Granted

     572,956        8.80         

Exercised

     (93,323     1.60         

Forfeited

     (31,012     6.56         

Expired

     (17,616     2.56         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding balance as of March 31, 2013

     2,633,717      $ 4.96         7.87       $ 11,675   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable as of March 31, 2013

     1,157,328      $ 2.40         6.09       $ 8,147   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest as of March 31, 2013

     2,425,509      $ 4.80         7.73       $ 11,321   
  

 

 

         

The total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized as of March 31, 2013 was $2.5 million and will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.6 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of employee options exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013 was $4,000 and $0.7 million, respectively.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature.

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1.  Observable inputs based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2.  Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3.  Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level in which to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made. The following table summarizes the conclusions reached as of December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Balance as of
December 31,
2012
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

           

Series A warrants(1)

   $ 88       $ —        $ —        $ 88   

Series C warrants(1)

     3,147         —          —          3,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,235       $ —         $ —        $ 3,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Balance as of
March 31,
2013
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

           

Series A warrants(1)

   $ 93       $ —        $ —        $ 93   

Series C warrants(1)

     3,259         —          —          3,259   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,352       $ —        $ —        $ 3,352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) In order to determine the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, the Company used a hybrid of the probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) and the option pricing model (“OPM”), collectively referred to as the “Hybrid Method,” for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the three months ended March 31, 2013. The Hybrid Method is a PWERM model in which one of the valuation scenarios is modeled using an OPM.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Significant inputs for the OPM included an estimate of the fair value of the Series A and C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the remaining contractual life of the warrants, an estimate of the timing of a liquidity event, a risk-free rate of interest and an estimate of the Company’s stock volatility using the volatilities of guideline peer companies. Significant inputs for the PWERM included an estimate of the Company’s equity value, a weighted average cost of capital and an estimated probability and timing for each valuation scenario.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the three months ended March 31 (in thousands):

 

 

     Series A Warrants      Series C Warrants  
     2012      2013      2012     2013  

Balance as of January 1

   $ 113       $ 88       $ 479      $ 3,147   

Issuance of Series C warrant

     —          —          2,045        —    

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     24         5         (91     112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31

   $ 137       $ 93       $ 2,433      $ 3,259   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

7. Net Loss Per Share

The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Each series of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-if-converted basis are entitled to participate in distributions, when and if declared by the board of directors, that are made to common stockholders and as a result are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year’s earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the “if-converted” method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two class or “if-converted”) as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the three months ended March 31:

 

     2012      2013  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

     

Series A

     5,857,864         5,863,825   

Series B

     2,540,066         2,540,066   

Series B-1

     353,767         353,767   

Series C

     4,617,513         4,617,513   

Warrants to purchase common stock

     1,616,113         1,616,113   

Warrants to purchase Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     21,484         10,937   

Warrants to purchase Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

     239,750         286,625   

Stock options

     1,800,350         2,633,717   

Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share (unaudited)

The numerator and denominator used in computing pro forma net loss per share for the three months ended March 31, 2013 have been adjusted to assume (i) the net exercise as of the beginning of the period of certain Series C warrants that will expire upon the closing of the IPO to acquire          shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth in the prospectus and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the period, and (iii) the reclassification of the Series A and remaining Series C warrants liability to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the period.

 

Numerator (in thousands):

  

Historical net loss

   $                    

Plus: changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

   $     
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share—weighted average shares

  

Plus: conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

   $     
  

 

 

 

8. Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company’s operations constitute a single operating segment and one reportable segment.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Substantially all assets were held in the United States during the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013. The following table summarizes revenue by geography for the three months ended March 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012      2013  

Domestic

   $ 9,509       $ 11,698   

International

     2,657         3,224   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 12,166       $ 14,922   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Related Parties

One of the Company’s customers is a subsidiary of a stockholder of the Company, thus making the customer a related party. Under this agreement, the customer has purchased certain services from the Company. Revenue recorded under this agreement since the customer became a related party totaled $0.2 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2013. Accounts receivable from the customer amounted to $0.4 million and $0.2 million at December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, respectively.

The Company conducts business with one of its stockholders who is also one of its channel partners. This channel partner, like other channel partners, allows the Company access to its systems and allows the Company to serve as an integration partner between it and the Company’s customers. The Company does not pay or receive consideration from the related party for this arrangement.

10. Subsequent Events

In April 2013, the Company entered into a lease for certain hardware, software licenses and managed services. The present value of the future minimum lease payments is $0.5 million. The lease is payable monthly in 36 equal payments of $15,000, commencing upon the implementation and acceptance of the assets.

On April 26, 2013, the board of directors approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation effecting a 1-for-16 reverse stock split of its common stock. The reverse stock split did not cause an adjustment to the par value or the authorized shares of the common stock. As a result of the reverse stock split, the Company also adjusted the share amounts under its employee incentive plan and common stock warrant agreements with third parties. All numbers of common shares and per common share data in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split for all periods presented. The reverse stock split will be effected prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee.

 

     Amount to
be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,765   

FINRA filing fee

     13,438   

NYSE initial listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that: (i) we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent

 

II-1


Table of Contents

permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; (ii) we may, in our discretion, indemnify our officers, employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; (iii) we are required, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all expenses incurred by our directors in connection with certain legal proceedings; (iv) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; and (v) we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents.

We have entered into agreements with our non-employee directors that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.

In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise. Our investor rights agreement with certain investors also provides for cross-indemnification in connection with the registration of the our common stock on behalf of such investors.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us since January 1, 2010 through the date of the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement (the “Prospectus”).

 

  1) From January 1, 2010 through the date of the Prospectus, we have granted options under our 2001 stock plan to purchase an aggregate of 2,629,030 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $2.24 to $8.80 per share. Of these, options to purchase an aggregate of 306,148 shares have been cancelled without being exercised. During the period from January 1, 2010 through the date of the Prospectus, an aggregate of 398,458 shares were issued upon the exercise of stock options, at exercise prices between $0.80 and $8.80 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $0.6 million.

 

  2) In March 2012, in connection with a loan facility, we issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 2,400,000 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to one accredited investor. In December 2012, upon our borrowing of additional funds under the loan facility, the number of shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for which the warrant is exercisable was increased by 750,000 shares to an aggregate of 3,150,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

  3) In June 2012, we issued 95,380 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the cashless exercise of a warrant held by one accredited investor.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (1) were exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or consultants and received the securities under our 2001 stock plan. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (2) were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The recipient represented to us that it acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The recipient represented to us that it was an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

The issuance of the securities described in paragraph (3) was exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, and have issued our report thereon dated March 5, 2013 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

March 5, 2013

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Additions
Charged To
Expense/
Against
Revenue
     Deductions     Balance at
End of
Period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

Year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 161       $ 220       $ (189   $ 192   

Year ended December 31, 2011

     192         202         (279     115   

Year ended December 31, 2012

     115         222         (146     191   

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than

 

II-4


Table of Contents

the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Morrisville, State of North Carolina, on this 26 th day of April, 2013.

 

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ M. Scot Wingo

 

M. Scot Wingo

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ M. Scot Wingo

M. Scot Wingo

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 26, 2013

/s/ John F. Baule

John F. Baule

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  April 26, 2013

/s/ Brad R. Schomber

Brad R. Schomber

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  April 26, 2013

*

Timothy J. Buckley

   Director   April 26, 2013

/s/ Aris A. Buinevicius

Aris A. Buinevicius

   Director   April 26, 2013

*

Robert C. Hower

   Director   April 26, 2013

*

Patrick J. Kerins

   Director   April 26, 2013

*

Louis J. Volpe

   Director   April 26, 2013

*

Timothy V. Williams

   Director   April 26, 2013
*By:  

/s/ S. Scott Alridge

 

S. Scott Alridge

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

    

Description of Document

    1.1      

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

    3.1^       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.2       Form of Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be filed prior to the completion of this offering.
    3.3       Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    3.4^       Bylaws, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.5       Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    4.1       Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.5.
    4.2†       Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock.
    5.1†       Opinion of Cooley LLP as to legality.
  10.1^       Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, as amended through July 26, 2012, by and among the Registrant, MerchandisingAdvisor Corporation, CA Marketplaces, Inc., ChannelAdvisor UK Limited, CA Washington LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
  10.2^       Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2012, by and among the Registrant, MerchandisingAdvisor Corporation, CA Marketplaces, Inc., ChannelAdvisor UK Limited, CA Washington LLC and Gold Hill Capital 2008, L.P.
  10.3^       Warrant to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 27, 2004.
  10.4^       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 23, 2009.
  10.5^       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to Square 1 Bank, dated September 7, 2007.
  10.6^       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to Square 1 Bank, dated June 30, 2008.
  10.7^       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to Gold Hill Capital 2008, L.P., dated March 21, 2012.
  10.8^       Form of Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock issued in bridge loan financing, dated as of May 2008.
  10.9^       Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued in Series C financing, dated as of April 2007, August 2008 and November 2008.
  10.10^       Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2007, as amended to date, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  10.11^       Lease, dated as of June 29, 2005 and as amended through January 27, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Pizzagalli Properties, LLC.
  10.11.1^       Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Aerial Center Realty Corp.
  10.12+^       2001 Stock Plan, as amended to date.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

   

Description of Document

  10.13+^      Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2001 Stock Plan.
  10.14+      Form of 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.15+      Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.16      Intentionally Omitted.
  10.17+      Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.18+^     

Form of Letter Agreement with Timothy Williams and Timothy Buckley relating to accelerated vesting of stock options upon a change of control.

  10.19+^      Form of Indemnification Agreement with non-employee directors.
  10.20+†      Executive Severance and Change of Control Letter Agreement by and between the Registrant and David Spitz.
  10.21+†      Executive Severance and Change of Control Letter Agreement by and between the Registrant and Scott Alridge.
  10.22+†      Executive Severance and Change of Control Letter Agreement by and between the Registrant and John Baule.
  10.23*^      Master Services Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Hosted Solutions, LLC.
  10.24*^      Master Space Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Quality Investment Properties Suwanee, LLC.
  21.1^      Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  23.2†      Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1      Power of Attorney. See page II-6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-187865) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2013.

 

^ Previously filed.
To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
* Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-8

Exhibit 1.1

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share

Underwriting Agreement

                    , 2013

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street,

New York, New York 10282-2198

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

390 Park Avenue, 14 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

As representatives of the several Underwriters

named in Schedule I hereto

Ladies and Gentlemen:

ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) for whom Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Stifel, Nicholas & Company, Incorporated are acting as representatives (the “Representatives” or “you”) an aggregate of [            ] shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Stock”), of the Company (the “Firm Shares”) and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [            ] additional shares of Stock (the “Optional Shares”) (the Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof being collectively called the “Shares”).

1. The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(a) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-187865) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement


has heretofore been filed with the Commission other than any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus set forth on Schedule II(d) hereto; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(c) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; the final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”); any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act is hereinafter called a “Section 5(d) Communication”; and any Section 5(d) Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Section 5(d) Writing”;

(b) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

(c) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is             :                 m (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement. The Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule II(c) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule II(a) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Section 5(d) Writing listed on Schedule II(b) hereto, each as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not include

 

2


any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

(d) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement and as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein;

(e) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus; since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package, there has not been (i) any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than as a result of the exercise of stock options or the award of stock options in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s stock plans that are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package) or (ii) any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, business, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”), otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus;

(f) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; the Company does not own any real property; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

3


(g) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with the corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or be in good standing would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and each subsidiary of the Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as an entity in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and each such subsidiary has been listed on an exhibit to the Registration Statement;

(h) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, except for such liens and encumbrances on such shares of capital stock to secure indebtedness as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus;

(i) The Shares have been duly authorized and, when validly issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform to the description of the Stock contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

(j) The issue and sale of the Shares and the compliance by the Company with this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated (i) will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) will not violate the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or (iii) will not result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, with respect to clauses (i) and (iii), for such conflicts, breaches or violations as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the registration under the Act of the Shares and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) or the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

 

4


(k) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its certificate of incorporation (or certificate of organization, as the case may be) or by-laws or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound except, in the case of clause (ii), for such defaults as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) The statements set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders”, and under the caption “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(m) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

(n) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(o) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement the Company was not and, as of each Time of Delivery, will not be an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act;

(p) Ernst & Young LLP, who has certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries as required by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(q) The financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; the financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement comply with the applicable requirements of the Act and have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved; the supporting schedules included in the Registration

 

5


Statement, if any, present fairly in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein; the selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus under the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder; to the extent included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the pro forma financial information and the related notes thereto included therein have been prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Act and comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable and the assumptions underlying such pro forma financial information are reasonable and are set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; all other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby;

(s) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law);

(t) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting;

(u) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

(v) Except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries own or have the right to use pursuant to license, sublicense, agreement or permission, or reasonably believe they can acquire on reasonable terms adequate rights to, all patents, trademarks, service marks, patent

 

6


applications, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, domain names, information, know-how, proprietary rights and processes (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the Company’s knowledge, necessary in connection with the products and services under development, without any known conflict with or infringement of the intellectual property rights of others, and have taken all reasonable steps necessary to secure interests in such Intellectual Property and have taken all reasonable steps necessary to secure assignment of such Intellectual Property from its employees and contractors; except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, to the Company’s knowledge, there has not been any infringement by any third party of any Intellectual Property or other similar rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding options, licenses or agreements of any kind relating to the Intellectual Property of the Company which are required to be set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; except as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any options, licenses or agreements with respect to the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity which are required to be set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of its directors or executive officers or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons; except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written or oral communications alleging that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has violated, infringed or conflicted with, or, by conducting its business as set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, would violate, infringe or conflict with any of the Intellectual Property of any other person or entity other than any such violations, infringements or conflicts which, individually or in the aggregate, have not had, and are not reasonably likely to result in, a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company and its subsidiaries have taken and will maintain reasonable measures to prevent the unauthorized dissemination or publication of their confidential information and, to the extent contractually required to do so, the confidential information of third parties in their possession;

(w) The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, except for (i) any taxes that are being disputed in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Company or such subsidiary, as appropriate, has established adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP and (ii) those returns for which a request for extension has been filed; and there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets except where such deficiencies, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(x) The Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their

 

7


respective businesses as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to so possess or to have made such declarations or filings, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course, except where such revocation or modification would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(y) No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, manufacturers, contractors or customers, except as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party;

(z) (i) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, ERISA and the Code, except for noncompliance that would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption, has occurred with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries; (iii) neither the Company nor any member of its Controlled Group have ever maintained or contributed to or participated in a Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) or a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA; and (iv) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or its subsidiaries;

(aa) (i) The Company and its subsidiaries (A) are, and at all prior times were, in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, orders and other legally enforceable requirements relating to the protection of human health or safety, the environment, natural resources, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses, and (C) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability (including, without limitation, such liability

 

8


of a third party which could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Company or any of its subsidiaries) under or relating to any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to the Company or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such failure to comply, or failure to receive required permits, licenses or approvals, or receipt of notice or cost or liability, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) there are no proceedings that are pending, or that are known to be contemplated, against the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (B) the Company and its subsidiaries are not aware of any issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws or concerning hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants, that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (C) none of the Company and its subsidiaries anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws;

(bb) Neither the Company nor any of the subsidiaries has violated (i) any federal, state or local law or foreign law relating to discrimination in hiring, promotion or pay of employees, (ii) any applicable wage or hour laws or (iii) any provision of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules and regulations thereunder, except, in the case of clauses (i) or (ii), where the violation, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(cc) The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are adequate to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses and is ordinary and customary for comparable companies in the same or similar businesses; and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (x) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (y) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business;

(dd) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended

 

9


(the “FCPA”), and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, by making use of mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office in contravention of the FCPA; or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment;

(ee) The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened;

(ff) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC;

(gg) Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources to the extent required by any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having any jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, or any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject;

(hh) There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any equity or debt securities registered for sale under the Registration Statement or included in the offering contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as may be described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Shares that have not been complied with or otherwise effectively waived;

(ii) The Company’s board of directors meets the independence requirements of, and has established an audit committee that meets the independence requirements of, the rules and regulations of the Commission and the Exchange;

 

10


(jj) The Company has operated its business in a manner compliant in all material respects with all privacy and data protection laws and regulations applicable to the Company’s collection, handling, and storage of its customers’ data. The Company has policies and procedures in place that are reasonably designed to ensure the integrity and security of the data collected, handled or stored in connection with the delivery of its product offerings. The Company complies with, and has policies and procedures in place designed to ensure compliance with, privacy and data protection laws and takes appropriate steps which are reasonably designed to assure compliance in all material respects with such policies and procedures;

(kk) The Company has not and, to its knowledge, no one acting on its behalf has, (i) taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which would reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares, (ii) sold, bid for, purchased, or paid anyone any compensation for soliciting purchases of, the Shares, or (iii) paid or agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries other than as contemplated in this Agreement;

(ll) Since the date as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus, the Company has not (i) issued or granted any securities, other than pursuant to employee benefit plans, stock option plans or other employee compensation plans disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants, (ii) incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, other than liabilities and obligations which were incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iii) entered into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business or (iv) declared or paid any dividends on its capital stock;

(mm) Except as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with this offering; and

(nn) From the time of initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which a Section 5(d) Communication was made) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at a purchase price per share of $[            ], the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion of the number of Optional

 

11


Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [            ] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement, setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4.(a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Company will cause the certificates representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [            ], 2013 or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date specified by the Representatives in the written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(k)

 

12


hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr, 7 World Trade Center, 250 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10007 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [            ] p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Agreement, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction or subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject to taxation on the date hereof;

(c) Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in

 

13


connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158), which may be satisfied by filing on EDGAR;

(e)(i) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Lock-Up Period”), not to (A) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (B) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than the Shares to be sold hereunder or pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of this Agreement), without your prior written consent; provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (1) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (2) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security, in each case, that is outstanding on the date hereof and described in the Pricing Disclosure Package, and (3) the issuance by the Company of Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, in each case pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans, provided that such plans are described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and, if such securities become convertible into or exercisable for

 

14


shares of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period, prior to the issuance of any such shares or other securities, the Company shall cause each recipient of such shares or other securities to execute and deliver to you an agreement in substantially the form of the lock-up agreement attached as Annex V hereto (the “Lock-Up Agreement”), (4) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, and (5) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships, equipment leasing, debt financing or other commercial transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; provided that, in the case of clauses (4) and (5), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to such clauses shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the completion of the transactions contemplated by this agreement; and provided further that the Company shall (x) cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to you, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a Lock-Up Agreement, and (y) enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities, which the Company agrees it will not waive or amend without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the Underwriters;

(e)(ii) If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in any Lock-Up Agreement for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex II hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(f) To furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided that no reports, documents or other information need be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(f) to the extent they are available on EDGAR;

(g) During a period of five years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is

 

15


listed; and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company as you may from time to time reasonably request (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission); provided that (x) no reports, statements, communications or other information need be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(g) to the extent they are available on EDGAR, (y) no additional information shall be required if the disclosure of additional information would result in a violation of Regulation FD and (z) the Company may satisfy the requirements of this Section 5(g) by making any such report, communication or information generally available on its website under the “Investors” section thereof;

(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its best efforts to list, subject to notice of issuance, the Shares on the Exchange;

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act;

(l) Upon the request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, servicemarks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however , that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred; and

(m) To promptly notify you if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 5(e)(1) hereof;

6. (a) The Company represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the Company and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus; any such free writing prospectus the use of which has been consented to by the Company and the Representatives is listed on Schedule II(a) hereto;

(b) The Company represents and agrees that (i) it has not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Section 5(d) Communications, other than

 

16


Section 5(d) Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act; and (ii) it has not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Section 5(d) Writings, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule II(b) hereto; and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Section 5(d) Communications;

(c) The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(d) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Section 5(d) Communications undertaken by it were with entities that are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Act;

(e) The Company agrees that if at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the Company will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Section 5(d) Writing or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

7. The Company covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that the Company will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters

 

17


in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky survey; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; (v) the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if any, representing the Shares; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (viii) the preparation, printing and distribution of one or more versions of the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus for distribution in Canada, in the form of a Canadian “wrapper” (including related reasonable, documented fees and disbursements of Canadian counsel to the Underwriters); and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section. It is understood, however, that, except as provided in this Section 7, and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make and the travel and lodging expenses of their representatives and officers; provided, however, that 50% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show shall be paid by the Company (with the Underwriters paying the remaining 50% of the cost).

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the Company herein are, at and as of such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;(8)

(b) Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you its written opinion or opinions (substantially in the form attached as Annex III hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

 

18


(c) Cooley LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to you their written opinion and negative assurances letter (substantially in the forms attached as Annex IV hereto), each dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(d) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Ernst & Young LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as Annex I(a) hereto and a draft of the form of letter to be delivered on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b) hereto);

(e) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of the exercise of stock options or warrants or the award of stock options or other rights to acquire Common Stock in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans described in the Pricing Disclosure Package) or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(f) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the Company’s debt securities, if any, by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities;

(g) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking

 

19


activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

(h) The Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(i) The Company shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of a Lock-Up Agreement from all directors, officers and holders of more than 1% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company, determined on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, as well as any other Lock-Up Agreements reasonably requested by the Underwriters;

(j) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and

(k) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of officers of the Company satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the Company of all of its obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (e) of this Section and as to such other matters as the Representatives may reasonably request.

9. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Section 5(d) Writing, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

 

20


(b) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any Section 5(d) Writing, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or and Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

21


(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer affiliate of any Underwriter; and the

 

22


obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section 10 with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the Optional Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

 

23


11. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the Company and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company, or any officer or director or controlling person of the Company, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Company shall not then be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason, any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the Company shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by the Representatives.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives to Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Registration Department, and to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, 390 Park Avenue, 14 th Floor, New York, New York 10022, Attention: [            ], with a copy to Mark Borden, Esq., Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, 60 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109; and if to the Company shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, with a copy to Brent Siler, Esq., Cooley LLP, 11951 Freedom Drive, Reston, Virginia 20190; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(c) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, or telex constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you upon request; provided, however, that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives to Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282-2198, Attention: Control Room, and to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, 390 Park Avenue, 14 th Floor, New York, New York 10022, Attention: [            ]. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company,

 

24


which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the Company and each person who controls the Company or any Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

16. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between or among the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY MATTERS RELATED TO THIS TRANSACTION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The Company agrees that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or our engagement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the Company agrees to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

19. The Company and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

25


20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company is authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the Company relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

[Signature pages follow]

 

26


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us five (5) counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Underwriters and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
ChannelAdvisor Corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

On behalf of each of the Underwriters on Schedule I hereto

 

27


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total Number of
Firm Shares

to be Purchased
  Number of Optional Shares to
be Purchased if Maximum

Option Exercised

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

   [    ]   [    ]

Stifel, Nicolas & Company, Incorporated

   [    ]   [    ]

Pacific Crest Securities

   [    ]   [    ]

BMO Capital Markets

   [    ]   [    ]

Needham & Co.

   [    ]   [    ]

Raymond James

   [    ]   [    ]
  

 

 

 

Total

    
  

 

 

 

 

28


SCHEDULE II

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses: [Roadshow presentation]

(b) Section 5(d) Writings: [None.]

(c) Information that, together with the Pricing Prospectus, comprises the Pricing Disclosure Package:

[The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $[ ].

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [ ].

Settlement date: [ ], 2013.

(d) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses filed with the Commission: [None.]


ANNEX I

[Form of Auditor Comfort Letter]


ANNEX II

[Form of Press Release]

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

[Date]

ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, the representatives for the underwriters in the Company’s recent public sale of [            ] shares of common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to      shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on             ,              20    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


ANNEX III

[Form of Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, counsel to the Underwriters]


ANNEX IV

[Form of Opinion of Cooley LLP, counsel to the Company]


ANNEX V

[Form of Lock-Up Agreement]


ChannelAdvisor Corporation

Lock-Up Agreement

[date]

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

200 West Street,

New York, New York 10282-2198

 

  Re: ChannelAdvisor Corporation - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as representative (the “Representative”), proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for a public offering of shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period specified in the following paragraph (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, transfer, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by the undersigned (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which the undersigned has beneficial ownership (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (collectively, the “Undersigned’s Shares”). The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Shares even if such shares would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include without limitation any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Shares or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such shares.

The Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue for 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Shares (the “Public Offering Date”) pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any Company-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering, (ii) the Representative agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing

 

1


restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Representative will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (iii) the Company will agree in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representative hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may (a) transfer the Undersigned’s Shares (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, (iii) by will or under the laws of descent, (iv) to affiliates (within the meaning set forth in Rule 405 as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and including subsidiaries of the undersigned if the undersigned is a corporation), limited partners, general partners, limited liability company members, or stockholders of the undersigned to the extent that the undersigned is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, (v) to the Company pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect on the date of this Lock-up Agreement that provides for the repurchase of the Undersigned’s Shares by the Company or (vi) with the prior written consent of the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters; provided , however , that in the case of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the donee, trustee, legatee, heir, distributee, or other transferee, as the case may be, agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein; provided , further , that any transfer pursuant to (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above shall not involve a disposition for value; (b) enter into a written plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act after the date of this Lock-Up Agreement relating to the sale of the Undersigned’s Shares, if then permitted by the Company, provided that the securities subject to such plan may not be sold until after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period; and (c) exercise any stock options issued pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans or warrants described in the final propectus used to sell the Shares, including, in each case, by way of “net” exercise in accordance with their terms; provided that any securities received upon such exercise will also be subject to this Lock-up Agreement; and provided , further , that in the case of (a), (b) and (c) above, no filing by the undersigned or any other party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer, option exercise or warrant exercise (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period). For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated by clauses (a) (i) through (v) above, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the Undersigned’s Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Undersigned’s Shares except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

This Lock-Up Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier to occur, if any, of (a) the date on which the Company, or the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters, advises the other party in writing, prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the offering, or (b) termination of the Underwriting Agreement

 

2


before the closing of the offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the offering is not consummated on or before June 30, 2013, this Lock-Up Agreement shall terminate and its provisions shall be of no further force and effect; provided that the Company may by written notice to the undersigned prior to June 30, 2013 extend such date for a period of up to an additional three months.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Exact Name of Stockholder

 

Authorized Signature
If not signing in an individual capacity:

 

Exact Name of Authorized Signatory

 

Title
(indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

3

Exhibit 3.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify:

F IRST : The name of the corporation is ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”).

S ECOND : The date on which the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was originally filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is June 18, 2001.

T HIRD : The Board of Directors of the Company, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions approving a reverse stock split and further amending the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation by inserting the following new paragraphs immediately following Section A of Article IV thereof:

“Effective immediately upon this Certificate of Amendment becoming effective under the DGCL, and without any further action by the holders of such shares, every sixteen (16) outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), shall be combined into one (1) validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of Common Stock (the “ Reverse Stock Split ”).

No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon combination of the Common Stock in the Reverse Stock Split. All shares of Common Stock so combined that are held by a stockholder shall be aggregated subsequent to the foregoing Reverse Stock Split. If the Reverse Stock Split would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board of Directors) on the date that the Reverse Stock Split is effective, rounded up to the nearest whole cent.

The par value of each share of Common Stock shall not be adjusted in connection with the Reverse Stock Split. All of the outstanding share amounts, amounts per share and per share numbers for the Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date, shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect to the Reverse Stock Split, as applicable.”

F OURTH : Thereafter, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, this Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval, and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , ChannelAdvisor Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this ___ day of ________, 2013.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:    
 

M. Scot Wingo

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

A MENDED AND R ESTATED

C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION

 

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Company ”), does hereby certify as follows:

F IRST : The name of the Company is ChannelAdvisor Corporation.

S ECOND : The Company’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed on June 18, 2001. The Certificate of Incorporation was last amended and restated on August 29, 2008. Certificates of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation were filed on March 21, 2012, November 15, 2012, and             , 2013, respectively.

T HIRD : This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

F OURTH : This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporate Law (“ DGCL ”). This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of the Company.

F IFTH : The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

* * * *

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , ChannelAdvisor Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer on this      day of             , 2013.

 

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

 

  M. Scot Wingo
  Chief Executive Officer

 

1


Exhibit A

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

A MENDED AND R ESTATED

C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION

 

 

I.

The name of this corporation is ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801, and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is one hundred five million (105,000,000) shares, of which one hundred million (100,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”), each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001), and five million (5,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”), each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($0.001).

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the

 

2


resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

C. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. M ANAGEMENT OF B USINESS . The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors.

B. B OARD OF D IRECTORS .

1. Number. The number of directors that shall constitute the Board shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board.

2. Term. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) covering the offer and sale of securities to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each

 

3


succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

3. Removal.

a. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, neither the Board nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

b. Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

4. Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes, and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

C. B YLAW A MENDMENTS . The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

D. W RITTEN B ALLOTS . The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

E. A CTION BY S TOCKHOLDERS . No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

 

4


F. A DVANCE N OTICE . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

B. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.

VIII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII and VIII.

* * * *

 

5

Exhibit 3.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

( A D ELAWARE C ORPORATION )

            , 2013

 

 


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

 

           Page  
ARTICLE I  

OFFICES

     2   
            Section 1.  

        Registered Office

     2   
            Section 2.  

        Other Offices

     2   
ARTICLE II  

CORPORATE SEAL

     2   
            Section 3.  

        Corporate Seal

     2   

ARTICLEIII

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     2   
            Section 4.  

        Place Of Meetings

     2   
            Section 5.  

        Annual Meetings

     2   
            Section 6.  

        Special Meetings

     6   
            Section 7.  

        Notice Of Meetings

     7   
            Section 8.  

        Quorum

     8   
            Section 9.  

        Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings

     8   
            Section 10.  

        Voting Rights

     9   
            Section 11.  

        Joint Owners Of Stock

     9   
            Section 12.  

        List Of Stockholders

     9   
            Section 13.  

        Action Without Meeting

     9   
            Section 14.  

        Organization

     9   
ARTICLE IV  

DIRECTORS

     10   
            Section 15.  

        Number And Term Of Office

     10   
            Section 16.  

        Powers

     10   
            Section 17.  

        Classes of Directors

     10   
            Section 18.  

        Vacancies

     11   
            Section 19.  

        Resignation

     11   
            Section 20.  

        Removal

     12   
            Section 21.  

        Meetings

     12   
            Section 22.  

        Quorum And Voting

     13   
            Section 23.  

        Action Without Meeting

     13   
            Section 24.  

        Fees And Compensation

     13   
            Section 25.  

        Committees

     13   
            Section 26.  

        Organization

     15   

 

-i-


T ABLE OF C ONTENTS

(continued)

 

           Page  
ARTICLE V  

OFFICERS

     15   
            Section 27.  

        Officers Designated

     15   
            Section 28.  

        Tenure And Duties Of Officers

     15   
            Section 29.  

        Delegation Of Authority

     17   
            Section 30.  

        Resignations

     17   
            Section 31.  

        Removal

     17   
ARTICLE VI  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     17   
            Section 32.  

        Execution Of Corporate Instruments

     17   
            Section 33.  

        Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation

     18   
ARTICLE VII  

SHARES OF STOCK

     18   
            Section 34.  

        Form And Execution Of Certificates

     18   
            Section 35.  

        Lost Certificates

     18   
            Section 36.  

        Transfers

     18   
            Section 37.  

        Fixing Record Dates

     19   
            Section 38.  

        Registered Stockholders

     19   
ARTICLE VIII  

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     19   
            Section 39.  

        Execution Of Other Securities

     19   
ARTICLE IX  

DIVIDENDS

     20   
            Section 40.  

        Declaration Of Dividends

     20   
            Section 41.  

        Dividend Reserve

     20   
ARTICLE X  

FISCAL YEAR

     20   
            Section 42.  

        Fiscal Year

     20   
ARTICLE XI  

INDEMNIFICATION

     21   
            Section 43.  

        Indemnification Of Directors, Officers, Employees And Other Agents

     21   
ARTICLE XII  

NOTICES

     24   
            Section 44.  

        Notices

     24   
ARTICLE XIII  

AMENDMENTS

     25   
            Section 45.  

        Bylaw Amendments

     25   
ARTICLE XIV  

LOANS TO OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES

     25   
            Section 46.  

        Loans To Officers Or Employees

     25   

 

-ii-


CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

A MENDED AND R ESTATED

B YLAWS

 

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office shall be established and maintained at the office of The Corporation Trust Company, in the City of Wilmington, in the County of New Castle, in the State of Delaware, and said corporation, or other such person or entity as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate, shall be the registered agent of the corporation.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place Of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of


stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(1) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(2) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(3), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any

 

3


Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(4).

(3) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(3), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(4) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or 5(b)(2) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(1)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(2)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

 

4


For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

(x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

(y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

(z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(1) or (2) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(3) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(3), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in

 

5


Section 5(b)(1), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(3), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(4)(D) and 5(b)(4)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(1) public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(2) affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”).

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors     (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

 

6


(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(1) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7. Notice Of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is deemed given when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting

 

7


of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his, her or its attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

8


Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners Of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List Of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

9


(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number And Term Of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, immediately following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the

 

10


Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided , however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

11


Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present

 

12


who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum And Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 43 herein for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees And Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the

 

13


power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

 

14


Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors and stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors (provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in these Bylaws, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall not be deemed an officer of the corporation unless so designated by the Board of Directors), the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

15


(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

16


(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29. Delegation Of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES

OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution Of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an

 

17


officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33. Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form And Execution Of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

18


Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution Of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an

 

19


Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration Of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

20


ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification Of Directors, Officers, Employees And Other Agents.

(a) Directors. The corporation shall indemnify its directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director in connection with such proceeding; provided, however , that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director in his or her capacity as a director (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in

 

21


part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because the director has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director to the full extent under any other applicable law.

 

22


(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

 

23


ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

24


(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Bylaw Amendments . Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 43(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided , however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS OR EMPLOYEES

Section 46. Loans To Officers Or Employees. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

25

Exhibit 10.14

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

2013 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : [            ], 2013

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : [            ], 2013

IPO D ATE /E FFECTIVE D ATE : [            ], 2013

 

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Eligible Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(b) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(c) Purpose. The Plan, through the grant of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

 

1.


(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock

 

2.


Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to

 

3.


such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(x)(iii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments after the Adoption Date, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed 1,250,000* shares (the “ Share Reserve ”). In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1 st of each year, for a period of not more than ten years, commencing on January 1 st of the year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2023, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on January 1 of such year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1 st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 st increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

* Gives effect to 1-for-16 reverse stock split.

 

4.


(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments after the Adoption Date, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 18,750,000* shares of Common Stock.

(d) Section 162(m) Limitations . Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments after the Adoption Date, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations shall apply.

(i) A maximum of 1,875,000* shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

(ii) A maximum of 1,875,000* shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

(iii) A maximum of $2,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

(e) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

* Gives effect to 1-for-16 reverse stock split.

 

5.


5. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

6.


(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a

 

7.


domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock

 

8.


received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which

 

9.


such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

 

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

 

10.


(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

11.


(c) Performance Awards .

(i) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii) Performance Cash Awards . A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii) Board Discretion . The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(iv) Section 162(m) Compliance . Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such Performance Goals relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of, or completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits

 

12.


granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as

 

13.


of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

14.


(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may

 

15.


receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Clawback/Recovery. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

 

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

16.


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board will take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

 

17.


(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

10. P LAN T ERM ; E ARLIER T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

11. E XISTENCE OF THE P LAN ; T IMING OF F IRST G RANT OR E XERCISE .

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however , that no Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date (that is, the Effective Date). In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, no Stock Award will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

13. D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

18.


(b) Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(c) Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(d) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

(f) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g) Cause ” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the Participant’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony involving fraud, moral turpitude or dishonesty; (ii) the Participant’s willful participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company, or the Participant’s breach of the Participant’s fiduciary duty to the Company, which results in material harm or damage to the Company; (iii) the Participant’s willful violation of a reasonable written policy of the Company that causes material harm or damage to the Company that is not cured within thirty days after written notice thereof or (iv) the Participant’s intentional damage to the Company’s real and intellectual property which results in harm to the Company. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(h) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur

 

19.


(A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

 

20.


(iv) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply. If required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder). The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

(i) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j) Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(k) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company.

(l) Company ” means ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(m) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(n) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as

 

21.


an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(o) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will an event be deemed a Corporate Transaction if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(p) Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(q) Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

22.


(r) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(s) Effective Date ” means the IPO Date.

(t) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(u) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(v) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(x) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

 

23.


(y) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(z) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(aa) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(bb) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(cc) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(dd) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ee) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(gg) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(hh) Other Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ii) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

24.


(jj) Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(kk) Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(ll) Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(mm) Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) total stockholder return; (ix) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (x) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (xi) stock price; (xii) margin (including gross margin); (xiii) income (before or after taxes); (xiv) operating income; (xv) operating income after taxes; (xvi) pre-tax profit; (xvii) operating cash flow; (xviii) sales or revenue targets; (xix) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xx) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxi) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share; (xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxix) employee retention; (xxx) stockholders’ equity; (xxxi) capital expenditures; (xxxii) debt levels; (xxxiii) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxiv) workforce diversity; (xxxv) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxvi) billings; (xxxvii) bookings; (xxxviii) the number of users, including but not limited to unique users; (xxxix) employee retention; (xxxx) user satisfaction; and (xxxxi) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

(nn) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the

 

25.


time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(oo) Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

(pp) Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(qq) Plan ” means this ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(rr) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ss) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(tt) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

 

26.


(uu) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(vv) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(ww) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(xx) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(yy) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(zz) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(aaa) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(bbb) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(ccc) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

27.

Exhibit 10.15

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2013 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. The option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement and in the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in the Option and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:  

 

Date of Grant:  

 

Vesting Commencement Date:  

 

Number of Shares Subject to Option:  

 

Exercise Price (Per Share):  

 

Total Exercise Price:  

 

Expiration Date:  

 

 

Type of Grant:   

¨       Incentive Stock Option

  

¨       Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

Exercise Schedule:    Same as Vesting Schedule
Vesting Schedule:    [The Option vests with respect to 25% of the total number of shares of Common Stock subject to the option (rounded down to the nearest whole share) one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and as to 1/48th of the shares (rounded down to the nearest whole share, except for the last vesting installment) each month thereafter, subject to Optionholder’s Continuous Service with the Company through each such vesting date.]
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items:
  

x       By cash or check

  

x       Pursuant to a Regulation T Program, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

  

¨       By delivery of already-owned shares, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

  

¨       If and only to the extent the option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and the stock plan prospectus for this Plan. As of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the option and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the option, with the exception, if applicable, of (i) any written employment or severance arrangement entered into between the Company and Optionholder that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein, and (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law. By accepting the option, Optionholder consents to receive documents governing the option by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.


C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION     O PTIONHOLDER :
By:  

 

     

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2013 Equity Incentive Plan


C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

2013 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and the exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments as provided in the Plan.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). You may not exercise your option prior to vesting.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice , which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise,” “same day sale,” or “sell to cover.”


(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If your option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)); provided, however , that if during any part of such three month period your option is not exercisable solely because doing so would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three months after the termination of your


Continuous Service; provided further , that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d));

(d) 18 months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you exercise your option more than three months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company), or making the required electronic election with the Company’s designated broker, and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s stock plan administrator, or to such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option, you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after the effective date of your exercise.


10. T RANSFERABILITY . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument at permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to contact the Company’s General Counsel regarding the proposed terms of any division of your option prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, your option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise your option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise your option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

12. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as the Company requests, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by


means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If your option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for shares of Common Stock unless such obligations are satisfied.

13. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that your option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

14. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and your option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting your option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

15. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.


16. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

17. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of your option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

18. V OTING R IGHTS . You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to your option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in your option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

19. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

20. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d) This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.


*        *        *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

Exhibit 10.17

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT G RANT N OTICE

2013 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby awards to Participant the number of restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”) set forth below (the “ Award ”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Notice ”), the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Award Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Award Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Participant:   

 

  
Date of Grant:   

 

  
Vesting Commencement Date:       

 

  
Number of RSUs:   

 

  

 

Vesting Schedule:    [The Award vests as to 25% of the RSUs (rounded down to the nearest whole RSU) one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, with the balance vesting as to 1/16th of the RSUs (rounded down to the nearest whole RSU, except for the last vesting installment) every three months thereafter, subject to Participant’s Continuous Service with the Company through each such vesting date. Each installment of RSUs that vests hereunder is a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).]
Issuance Schedule:    Subject to any change on a Capitalization Adjustment, one share of Common Stock will be issued for each RSU that vests at the time set forth in Section 6 of the Award Agreement.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Notice, the Award Agreement, the Plan and the stock plan prospectus for this Plan. As of the Date of Grant, this Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the Award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on the terms of the Award, with the exception, if applicable, of (i) any written employment or severance arrangement entered into between the Company and Participant that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein, and (iii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law. By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive Plan documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION     P ARTICIPANT :
By:  

 

   

 

  Signature       Signature
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

Date:  

 

     
A TTACHMENTS :   Award Agreement, 2013 Equity Incentive Plan


C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

2013 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A GREEMENT

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) and in consideration of your services, ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”) has awarded you a Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Award ”) under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the number of Restricted Stock Units indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms in this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

The details of your Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows.

1. G RANT OF THE A WARD . The Award represents your right to be issued on a future date one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests.

2. V ESTING . Your Restricted Stock Units will vest as provided in the Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Any Restricted Stock Units that have not yet vested will be forfeited on the termination of your Continuous Service.

3. N UMBER OF R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NITS  & S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK .

(a) The Restricted Stock Units subject to your Award will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

(b) Any additional Restricted Stock Units and any shares, cash or other property that become subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3 will be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units and shares covered by your Award.

(c) No fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock will be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

4. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . You will not be issued any Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units or other shares with respect to your Restricted Stock Units unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

1.


5. T RANSFERABILITY . Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of any portion of the Restricted Stock Units or the shares in respect of your Restricted Stock Units. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan, nor may you transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares. This restriction on transfer will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Death. Your Restricted Stock Units are not transferable other than by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company and any broker designated by the Company to effect transactions under the Plan, designate a third party who, in the event of your death, will thereafter be entitled to receive any distribution of Common Stock or other consideration to which you were entitled at the time of your death pursuant to this Agreement. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, such Common Stock or other consideration.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your right to receive the distribution of Common Stock or other consideration under your Restricted Stock Units, pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order or official marital settlement agreement that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss with the Company’s General Counsel the proposed terms of any such transfer prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. The Company is not obligated to allow you to transfer your Award in connection with your domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

6. D ATE OF I SSUANCE .

(a) The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner.

(b) Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement, in the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company will issue to you, on the applicable vesting date, one share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests and such issuance date is referred to as the “ Original Issuance Date .” If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, delivery will instead occur on the next following business day.

 

2.


(c) However, if (i) the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective policy on trading in Company securities, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market (including but not limited to under a previously established Company-approved 10b5-1 trading plan), and (ii) the Company elects, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (1) not to satisfy the Withholding Taxes described in Section 10 by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this Award, (2) not to permit you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement (including but not limited to a commitment under a previously established Company-approved 10b5-1 trading plan) and (3) not to permit you to pay your Withholding Taxes in cash, then the shares that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be delivered on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be delivered on the first business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open public market, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or, if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d).

7. D IVIDENDS . You will receive no benefit or adjustment to your Restricted Stock Units with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution except as provided in the Plan with respect to a Capitalization Adjustment.

8. R ESTRICTIVE L EGENDS . The Common Stock issued with respect to your Restricted Stock Units will be endorsed with appropriate legends determined by the Company.

9. A WARD NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your Continuous Service is not for any specified term and may be terminated by you or by the Company or an Affiliate at any time, for any reason, with or without cause and with or without notice. Nothing in this Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Restricted Stock Units or the issuance of the shares subject to your Restricted Stock Units), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ or service of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

10. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably

 

3.


requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you agree to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “ Withholding Taxes ”). Specifically, the Company or an Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered in connection with your Restricted Stock Units to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with your Restricted Stock Units with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided, however , that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income.

(b) Unless the Withholding Taxes of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company will have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock.

(c) In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

11. U NSECURED O BLIGATION . Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of vested Restricted Stock Units, you will be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this Agreement. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

12. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

 

4.


13. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in this Agreement or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Award, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

14. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award, and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

(d) This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

15. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.

16. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

5.


17. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of the Award subject to this Agreement will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating the Employee’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

18. A MENDMENT . Any amendment to this Agreement must be in writing, signed by a duly authorized representative of the Company. The Board reserves the right to amend this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, interpretation, ruling, or judicial decision.

19. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION  409A OF THE C ODE . This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). However, if this Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise not exempt from, and therefore deemed to be deferred compensation subject to, Section 409A of the Code, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled dates and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

20. N O O BLIGATION TO M INIMIZE T AXES . The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and will not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

*        *        *

This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

6.

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated March 5, 2013 (except the third paragraph in Note 15, as to which the date is                      , 2013), in the Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries for the registration of shares of their common stock.

Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the reverse stock split as described in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

Raleigh, North Carolina

April 25, 2013